EP2805727A1 - High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins - Google Patents
High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- EP2805727A1 EP2805727A1 EP14170682.0A EP14170682A EP2805727A1 EP 2805727 A1 EP2805727 A1 EP 2805727A1 EP 14170682 A EP14170682 A EP 14170682A EP 2805727 A1 EP2805727 A1 EP 2805727A1
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- hmgcb
- cell
- mannosidase
- class
- mannose
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Withdrawn
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 168
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 title claims abstract description 52
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 title description 71
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 title description 54
- 125000000311 mannosyl group Chemical group C1([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 claims abstract description 172
- 108010017544 Glucosylceramidase Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 131
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 70
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 60
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 53
- 102000004547 Glucosylceramidase Human genes 0.000 claims abstract 6
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical group 0.000 claims description 108
- 238000004191 hydrophobic interaction chromatography Methods 0.000 claims description 42
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 claims description 34
- 208000015872 Gaucher disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 26
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 claims description 24
- 238000005571 anion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000005277 cation exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000012505 Superdex™ Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-diethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCO BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000012506 Sephacryl® Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 229920002271 DEAE-Sepharose Polymers 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000012564 Q sepharose fast flow resin Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000005349 anion exchange Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000005341 cation exchange Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010054377 Mannosidases Proteins 0.000 abstract description 217
- 102000001696 Mannosidases Human genes 0.000 abstract description 207
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 abstract description 196
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 abstract description 65
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 abstract description 17
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 376
- 102100033342 Lysosomal acid glucosylceramidase Human genes 0.000 description 127
- 239000002603 mannosidase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 98
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 78
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 54
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 52
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 47
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 description 40
- YINZYTTZHLPWBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Kifunensine Natural products COC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C2NC(=O)C(=O)N12 YINZYTTZHLPWBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 38
- OIURYJWYVIAOCW-VFUOTHLCSA-N kifunensine Chemical compound OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2NC(=O)C(=O)N12 OIURYJWYVIAOCW-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 38
- FXUAIOOAOAVCGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N swainsonine Natural products C1CCC(O)C2C(O)C(O)CN21 FXUAIOOAOAVCGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 38
- FXUAIOOAOAVCGD-FKSUSPILSA-N swainsonine Chemical compound C1CC[C@H](O)[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CN21 FXUAIOOAOAVCGD-FKSUSPILSA-N 0.000 description 38
- 229960005566 swainsonine Drugs 0.000 description 38
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 37
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 32
- 108010083819 mannosyl-oligosaccharide 1,3 - 1,6-alpha-mannosidase Proteins 0.000 description 32
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 29
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-RTRLPJTCSA-N N-acetyl-D-glucosamine Chemical group CC(=O)N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-RTRLPJTCSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 27
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 27
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 27
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 25
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 23
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 22
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 21
- 210000002472 endoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- 108700026220 vif Genes Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 108010009689 mannosyl-oligosaccharide 1,2-alpha-mannosidase Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 18
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 18
- 108010031099 Mannose Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 16
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- DAPOMFMFTBUAKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylpyridine-3-thiol Chemical compound CCC1=NC=CC=C1S DAPOMFMFTBUAKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 13
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 13
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acelyl-D-glucosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N N-acetylglucosamine Natural products CC(=O)N[C@@H](C=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N 0.000 description 12
- -1 e.g. Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 11
- BLOFGONIVNXZME-YDMGZANHSA-N mannostatin A Chemical compound CS[C@@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O BLOFGONIVNXZME-YDMGZANHSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 11
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- LXBIFEVIBLOUGU-KVTDHHQDSA-N (2r,3r,4r,5r)-2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine-3,4,5-triol Chemical compound OC[C@H]1NC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O LXBIFEVIBLOUGU-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 10
- LXBIFEVIBLOUGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Deoxymannojirimycin Natural products OCC1NCC(O)C(O)C1O LXBIFEVIBLOUGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000009966 trimming Methods 0.000 description 10
- YBSQGNFRWZKFMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cerebroside B Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)C(=O)NC(C(O)C=CCCC=C(C)CCCCCCCCC)COC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O YBSQGNFRWZKFMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 208000001948 Farber Lipogranulomatosis Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 9
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 9
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 9
- 208000033149 Farber disease Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 208000015439 Lysosomal storage disease Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 229920000057 Mannan Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 229930184337 Mannostatin Natural products 0.000 description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 8
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 7
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 7
- HNQXDLYBFNWFEE-VHZSLYHRSA-N n-[(2r,3r,4r,5s,6r)-2-[(2r,3r,4s,5r)-2-acetamido-5-[(2r,3s,4s,5r,6r)-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3,4-bis[[(2r,3s,4s,5s,6r)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy]oxan-2-yl]oxy-1-oxo-4-[(2s,3s,4s,5s,6r)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl] Chemical compound O([C@H]([C@H](C=O)NC(=O)C)[C@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1NC(C)=O HNQXDLYBFNWFEE-VHZSLYHRSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 201000011240 Frontotemporal dementia Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 6
- 208000000609 Pick Disease of the Brain Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 208000024571 Pick disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000004498 neuroglial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000003307 reticuloendothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 6
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 5
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108010012864 alpha-Mannosidase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000019199 alpha-Mannosidase Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000006167 equilibration buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000002791 glucosyl group Chemical group C1([C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 5
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000002510 keratinocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000002132 lysosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000000663 muscle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000003098 myoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000003061 neural cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 102000007469 Actins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 108091033380 Coding strand Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 108091029865 Exogenous DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- KUYCTNQKTFGPMI-SXHURMOUSA-N Glc(a1-2)Glc(a1-3)Glc(a1-3)Man(a1-2)Man(a1-2)Man(a1-3)[Man(a1-2)Man(a1-3)[Man(a1-2)Man(a1-6)]Man(a1-6)]Man(b1-4)GlcNAc(b1-4)GlcNAc Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(=O)C)C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]4[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]5[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O5)O[C@@H]5[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O5)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)O3)O)O2)O)[C@@H](CO)O1 KUYCTNQKTFGPMI-SXHURMOUSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108700023372 Glycosyltransferases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108090000895 Hydroxymethylglutaryl CoA Reductases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108090000157 Metallothionein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101000969137 Mus musculus Metallothionein-1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000004988 N-glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 108010077524 Peptide Elongation Factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108010061312 Sphingomyelin Phosphodiesterase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000037433 frameshift Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 102000045442 glycosyltransferase activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108700014210 glycosyltransferase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001865 kupffer cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000001840 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation time-of-flight mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 4
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000036963 noncompetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000010837 receptor-mediated endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 4
- RVNSAAIWCWTCTJ-KVTDHHQDSA-N (2r,3s,4r)-2-[(1s)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]pyrrolidine-3,4-diol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1NC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O RVNSAAIWCWTCTJ-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HVCOBJNICQPDBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-[3,5-dihydroxy-6-methyl-4-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl)oxyoxan-2-yl]oxydecanoyloxy]decanoic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC1C(OC(CC(=O)OC(CCCCCCC)CC(O)=O)CCCCCCC)OC(C)C(O)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(C)O1 HVCOBJNICQPDBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000006772 Acid Ceramidase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020005296 Acid Ceramidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YDNKGFDKKRUKPY-JHOUSYSJSA-N C16 ceramide Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)[C@H](O)C=CCCCCCCCCCCCCC YDNKGFDKKRUKPY-JHOUSYSJSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 208000028782 Hereditary disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BLOFGONIVNXZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Mannostatin A Natural products CSC1C(N)C(O)C(O)C1O BLOFGONIVNXZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000024556 Mendelian disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CRJGESKKUOMBCT-VQTJNVASSA-N N-acetylsphinganine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)NC(C)=O CRJGESKKUOMBCT-VQTJNVASSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102000010126 acid sphingomyelin phosphodiesterase activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010070113 alpha-1,3-mannosyl-glycoprotein beta-1,2-N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase I Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 125000004202 aminomethyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 208000007502 anemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 3
- 150000001768 cations Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940106189 ceramide Drugs 0.000 description 3
- ZVEQCJWYRWKARO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ceramide Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)C(=O)NC(CO)C(O)C=CCCC=C(C)CCCCCCCCC ZVEQCJWYRWKARO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012539 chromatography resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011026 diafiltration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002339 glycosphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003701 histiocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001155 isoelectric focusing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000003712 lysosome Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001868 lysosomic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- VVGIYYKRAMHVLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N newbouldiamide Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC VVGIYYKRAMHVLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013587 production medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 206010043554 thrombocytopenia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 3
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 3
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 2
- RFLVMTUMFYRZCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylguanine Chemical compound O=C1N(C)C(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 RFLVMTUMFYRZCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WXTMDXOMEHJXQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=CC=C1O WXTMDXOMEHJXQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YSAJFXWTVFGPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)oxy]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O YSAJFXWTVFGPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XFCMNSHQOZQILR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)ethoxy]ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOCCOC(=O)C(C)=C XFCMNSHQOZQILR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FZWGECJQACGGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-7-methyl-1,7-dihydro-6H-purin-6-one Chemical compound NC1=NC(O)=C2N(C)C=NC2=N1 FZWGECJQACGGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YUDPTGPSBJVHCN-YMILTQATSA-N 4-methylumbelliferyl beta-D-glucoside Chemical compound C1=CC=2C(C)=CC(=O)OC=2C=C1O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O YUDPTGPSBJVHCN-YMILTQATSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OVONXEQGWXGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound SC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OVONXEQGWXGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020003589 5' Untranslated Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- OIVLITBTBDPEFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,6-dihydrouracil Chemical compound O=C1CCNC(=O)N1 OIVLITBTBDPEFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZLAQATDNGLKIEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-2-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=S)NC1=O ZLAQATDNGLKIEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)NC2=C1NC=N2 LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010006002 Bone pain Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000209 Hexadimethrine bromide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BAPJBEWLBFYGME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl acrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C=C BAPJBEWLBFYGME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HYVABZIGRDEKCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N(6)-dimethylallyladenine Chemical compound CC(C)=CCNC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 HYVABZIGRDEKCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010031264 Osteonecrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010060162 alglucerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229960003122 alglucerase Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ZTOKCBJDEGPICW-GWPISINRSA-N alpha-D-Manp-(1->3)-[alpha-D-Manp-(1->6)]-beta-D-Manp-(1->4)-beta-D-GlcpNAc-(1->4)-beta-D-GlcpNAc Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(=O)C)[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)O2)O)[C@@H](CO)O1 ZTOKCBJDEGPICW-GWPISINRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium sulfate Chemical compound N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011130 ammonium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AFYNADDZULBEJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicinchoninic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(C=3C=C(C4=CC=CC=C4N=3)C(=O)O)=CC(C(O)=O)=C21 AFYNADDZULBEJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011210 chromatographic step Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- 150000002031 dolichols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001539 phagocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002826 placenta Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000011176 pooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003003 spiro group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000002305 strong-anion-exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HVRWFMCLXNLOCH-KVTDHHQDSA-N (2r,3s,4r)-2-[(1r)-1-hydroxyethyl]pyrrolidine-3,4-diol Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H]1NC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O HVRWFMCLXNLOCH-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOSUCXBUAJAOTO-KVTDHHQDSA-N (2s,3s,4r)-2-[(1s)-2-fluoro-1-hydroxyethyl]pyrrolidine-3,4-diol Chemical compound FC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1NC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O VOSUCXBUAJAOTO-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002818 (Hydroxyethyl)methacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJNGQIYEQLPJMN-IOSLPCCCSA-N 1-methylinosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)N(C)C=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WJNGQIYEQLPJMN-IOSLPCCCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HLYBTPMYFWWNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)-2-hydroxyacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)C1=CNC(=O)NC1=O HLYBTPMYFWWNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGAKLDIYNFXTCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)methylamino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CNCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O SGAKLDIYNFXTCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMSMHKMPBNTBOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-dimethylamino-6-hydroxypurine Chemical compound N1C(N(C)C)=NC(=O)C2=C1N=CN2 XMSMHKMPBNTBOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMADWRYCYBUIKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-7h-purin-6-amine Chemical compound CC1=NC(N)=C2NC=NC2=N1 SMADWRYCYBUIKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KOLPWZCZXAMXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylcytosine Chemical compound CN1C(N)=CC=NC1=O KOLPWZCZXAMXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJAKJCICANKRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-acetyl-4-amino-1,3-dihydropyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound CC(=O)C1(N)NC(=O)NC=C1 GJAKJCICANKRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQJSSLBGAQJNER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(methylaminomethyl)-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound CNCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O MQJSSLBGAQJNER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WPYRHVXCOQLYLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[(methoxyamino)methyl]-2-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound CONCC1=CNC(=S)NC1=O WPYRHVXCOQLYLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromouracil Chemical compound BrC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VKLFQTYNHLDMDP-PNHWDRBUSA-N 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=S)NC(=O)C(CNCC(O)=O)=C1 VKLFQTYNHLDMDP-PNHWDRBUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZFTBZKVVGZNMJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chlorouracil Chemical compound ClC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O ZFTBZKVVGZNMJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KSNXJLQDQOIRIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-iodouracil Chemical compound IC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O KSNXJLQDQOIRIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KELXHQACBIUYSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methoxy-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound COC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O KELXHQACBIUYSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methylcytosine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)N=C1N LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCPSTSVLRXOYGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-amino-1h-pyrimidine-2-thione Chemical compound NC1=CC=NC(S)=N1 DCPSTSVLRXOYGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSSXOMSJDRHRMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-purine-2,6-diamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=C2NC=NC2=N1 MSSXOMSJDRHRMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000034012 Acid sphingomyelinase deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010002942 Apathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010002953 Aphonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030016 Avascular necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000959414 Bacillus thermoamyloliquefaciens Alpha-glucosidase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010051728 Bone erosion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061728 Bone lesion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000918297 Caenorhabditis elegans Exostosin-2 homolog Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000178270 Canarypox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000004201 Ceramidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000751 Ceramidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699802 Cricetulus griseus Species 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010089072 Dolichyl-diphosphooligosaccharide-protein glycotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000991587 Enterovirus C Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010019236 Fucosyltransferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006471 Fucosyltransferases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 108060003306 Galactosyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000030902 Galactosyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000020322 Gaucher disease type I Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020916 Gaucher disease type II Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000028735 Gaucher disease type III Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004366 Glucosidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010056771 Glucosidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010055629 Glucosyltransferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000340 Glucosyltransferases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100023177 Glycoprotein endo-alpha-1,2-mannosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710162064 Glycoprotein endo-alpha-1,2-mannosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010019842 Hepatomegaly Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxyethyl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCO WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010021118 Hypotonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930010555 Inosine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000009612 Laryngismus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010023891 Laryngospasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091026898 Leader sequence (mRNA) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000008771 Lymphadenopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700018351 Major Histocompatibility Complex Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010090665 Mannosyl-Glycoprotein Endo-beta-N-Acetylglucosaminidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000029725 Metabolic bone disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000036696 Microcytic anaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711386 Mumps virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000007379 Muscle Hypotonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010428 Muscle Weakness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010028372 Muscular weakness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SGSSKEDGVONRGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N(2)-methylguanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(NC)=NC2=C1N=CN2 SGSSKEDGVONRGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N N-acetyl-beta-D-glucosamine Chemical group CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001280078 Nodula Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091092724 Noncoding DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010058483 Nuchal rigidity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010049088 Osteopenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241001504519 Papio ursinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000009328 Perro Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010037213 Psychomotor retardation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000003838 Sialyltransferases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000141 Sialyltransferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000710960 Sindbis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000011971 Sphingomyelin Phosphodiesterase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010041660 Splenomegaly Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005250 Spontaneous Fractures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004350 Strabismus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophosphoric acid Chemical group OP(O)(S)=O RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFTYTUAZOPRMMI-CFRASDGPSA-N UDP-N-acetyl-alpha-D-glucosamine Chemical compound O1[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C)[C@H]1OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](N2C(NC(=O)C=C2)=O)O1 LFTYTUAZOPRMMI-CFRASDGPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010090473 UDP-N-acetylglucosamine-peptide beta-N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LFTYTUAZOPRMMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N UNPD164450 Natural products O1C(CO)C(O)C(O)C(NC(=O)C)C1OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OCC1C(O)C(O)C(N2C(NC(=O)C=C2)=O)O1 LFTYTUAZOPRMMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- QYSXJUFSXHHAJI-XFEUOLMDSA-N Vitamin D3 Natural products C1(/[C@@H]2CC[C@@H]([C@]2(CCC1)C)[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)=C/C=C1\C[C@@H](O)CCC1=C QYSXJUFSXHHAJI-XFEUOLMDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010047897 Weight gain poor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MZVQCMJNVPIDEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N [CH2]CN(CC)CC Chemical group [CH2]CN(CC)CC MZVQCMJNVPIDEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003926 acrylamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000735 allogeneic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GLEIMNFBCWCWPW-QOTBAUSGSA-N alpha-D-Man-(1->2)-alpha-D-Man-(1->2)-alpha-D-Man-(1->3)-[alpha-D-Man-(1->3)-[alpha-D-Man-(1->6)]-alpha-D-Man-(1->6)]-beta-D-Man-(1->4)-beta-D-GlcNAc-(1->4)-D-GlcNAc Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(=O)C)C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)O3)O)O2)O)[C@@H](CO)O1 GLEIMNFBCWCWPW-QOTBAUSGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940035676 analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003957 anion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003423 ankle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000730 antalgic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoquinolinylidene Chemical group C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006696 biosynthetic metabolic pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002798 bone marrow cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid;ethene Chemical compound C=C.OC(=O)CC=C DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005084 calcitriol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GMRQFYUYWCNGIN-NKMMMXOESA-N calcitriol Chemical compound C1(/[C@@H]2CC[C@@H]([C@]2(CCC1)C)[C@@H](CCCC(C)(C)O)C)=C\C=C1\C[C@@H](O)C[C@H](O)C1=C GMRQFYUYWCNGIN-NKMMMXOESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004413 cardiac myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010007776 catatonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003729 cation exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011211 chromatography process step Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013611 chromosomal DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005352 clarification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002079 cooperative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007334 copolymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004443 dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003795 desorption Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000011180 diphosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001513 elbow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002641 enzyme replacement therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005043 ethylene-methyl acrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002243 furanoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000034238 globular proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005896 globular proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010050669 glucosidase I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002288 golgi apparatus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000033687 granuloma formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010019847 hepatosplenomegaly Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010039650 imiglucerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960002127 imiglucerase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013115 immunohistochemical detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003444 immunosuppressant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001861 immunosuppressant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002490 intestinal epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003127 knee Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005976 liver dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000018555 lymphatic system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- IZAGSTRIDUNNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-[(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)oxy]acetate Chemical compound COC(=O)COC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O IZAGSTRIDUNNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZIUHHBKFKCYYJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n'-methylenebisacrylamide Chemical compound C=CC(=O)NCNC(=O)C=C ZIUHHBKFKCYYJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJVXMWNLQRTRGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(3-methylbut-3-enyl)-2-methylsulfanyl-7h-purin-6-amine Chemical compound CSC1=NC(NCCC(C)=C)=C2NC=NC2=N1 XJVXMWNLQRTRGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950006780 n-acetylglucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006174 pH buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004738 parenchymal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003169 placental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005059 placental tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001467 poly(styrenesulfonates) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008389 polyethoxylated castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000011045 prefiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008141 pubertal development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012264 purified product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003214 pyranose derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011535 reaction buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011514 reflex Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004627 regenerated cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005801 respiratory difficulty Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005629 sialic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005480 sodium caprylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BYKRNSHANADUFY-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium octanoate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCC([O-])=O BYKRNSHANADUFY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010911 splenectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003393 splenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012609 strong anion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012437 strong cation exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000000542 sulfonic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004114 suspension culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010257 thawing Methods 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003412 trans-golgi network Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003151 transfection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009777 vacuum freeze-drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011179 visual inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- QYSXJUFSXHHAJI-YRZJJWOYSA-N vitamin D3 Chemical compound C1(/[C@@H]2CC[C@@H]([C@]2(CCC1)C)[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)=C\C=C1\C[C@@H](O)CCC1=C QYSXJUFSXHHAJI-YRZJJWOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000005282 vitamin D3 Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011647 vitamin D3 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940021056 vitamin d3 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000707 wrist Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940075420 xanthine Drugs 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/43—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/46—Hydrolases (3)
- A61K38/47—Hydrolases (3) acting on glycosyl compounds (3.2), e.g. cellulases, lactases
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/18—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/04—Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/06—Antianaemics
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
- C12N9/14—Hydrolases (3)
- C12N9/24—Hydrolases (3) acting on glycosyl compounds (3.2)
- C12N9/2402—Hydrolases (3) acting on glycosyl compounds (3.2) hydrolysing O- and S- glycosyl compounds (3.2.1)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12P—FERMENTATION OR ENZYME-USING PROCESSES TO SYNTHESISE A DESIRED CHEMICAL COMPOUND OR COMPOSITION OR TO SEPARATE OPTICAL ISOMERS FROM A RACEMIC MIXTURE
- C12P21/00—Preparation of peptides or proteins
- C12P21/005—Glycopeptides, glycoproteins
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Y—ENZYMES
- C12Y302/00—Hydrolases acting on glycosyl compounds, i.e. glycosylases (3.2)
- C12Y302/01—Glycosidases, i.e. enzymes hydrolysing O- and S-glycosyl compounds (3.2.1)
- C12Y302/01024—Alpha-mannosidase (3.2.1.24)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Y—ENZYMES
- C12Y302/00—Hydrolases acting on glycosyl compounds, i.e. glycosylases (3.2)
- C12Y302/01—Glycosidases, i.e. enzymes hydrolysing O- and S-glycosyl compounds (3.2.1)
- C12Y302/01045—Glucosylceramidase (3.2.1.45), i.e. beta-glucocerebrosidase
Definitions
- Gaucher disease is an autosomal recessive lysosomal storage disorder characterized by a deficiency in the lysosomal enzyme, glucocerebrosidase (GCB).
- GCB glucocerebrosidase hydrolyzes the glycolipid glucocerebroside that is formed after degradation of glycosphingolipids in the membranes of white blood cells and red blood cells.
- the deficiency in this enzyme causes glucocerebroside to accumulate in large quantities in the lysosomes of phagocytic cells located in the liver, spleen and bone marrow of Gaucher patients.
- Treatments for patients suffering from this disease include administration of analgesics for relief of bone pain, blood and platelet transfusions and, in some cases, splenectomy. Joint replacement is sometimes necessary for patients who experience bone erosion.
- Enzyme replacement therapy with GCB has been used as a treatment for Gaucher disease.
- Current treatment of patients with Gaucher disease includes administration of a carbohydrate remodeled GCB derived from human placenta or Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells transfected with a GCB expression construct and known as alglucerase or imiglucerase, respectively.
- the treatment is extremely expensive in part because of the cost of removing sugars from GCB to expose the trimannosyl core of complex glycans in order to target the enzyme to mannose receptors on cells of reticuloendothelial origin.
- the scarcity of the human placental tissue (in the case of alglucerase), complex purification protocols, and the relatively large amounts of the carbohydrate remodeled GCB required all contribute to the cost of the treatment.
- the invention is based, in part, on the discovery that by preventing removal of one or more mannose residues distal from the pentasaccharide core of a precursor oligosaccharide chain of a protein, e.g., a lysosomal storage enzyme, a high mannose protein such as high mannose glucocerebrosidase (hmGCB) can be obtained.
- a high mannose protein such as high mannose glucocerebrosidase (hmGCB) can be obtained.
- hmGCB high mannose glucocerebrosidase
- These high mannose proteins can be used to target the protein to cells which express mannose receptors.
- Such cells can include cells of reticuloendothelial origin including macrophages, Kupffer cells and histiocytes.
- these high mannose proteins can be used, for example, to target delivery by receptor mediated endocytosis to lysosomes to treat various lysosom
- hmGCB has been found to efficiently target mannose receptors.
- Mannose receptors are present on macrophages and other cells, e.g., dendritic cells, cardiomyocytes and glial cells, and are instrumental in receptor-mediated endocytosis.
- the absence of GCB in patients with Gaucher disease leads to accumulation of glucocerebroside, primarily in cells of reticuloendothelial origin including macrophages, Kupffer cells and histiocytes. Because these cells express mannose receptors on their surface, hmGCB can be used to effectively target delivery of a corrective enzyme to the lysosomes through receptor-mediated endocytosis, thereby treating Gaucher disease.
- hmGCB uptake by macrophages was increased as compared to uptake of GCB secreted from cells.
- the invention features a method of producing a preparation of high mannose glucocerebrosidase (hmGCB).
- the method includes:
- the GCB is human GCB.
- the cell is a human cell.
- the removal of: one or more ⁇ 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; an ⁇ 1,3 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; and/or an ⁇ 1,6 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented.
- the removal of one or more ⁇ 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented.
- the method can include contacting the cell with a substance which prevents the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, e.g., prevents removal of one or more ⁇ 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core, an ⁇ 1,3 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core and/or an ⁇ 1,6 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core.
- the removal of one or more ⁇ 1,2 mannose(s) residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented.
- the method includes contacting the cell with a substance which prevents the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, wherein the substance is a mannosidase inhibitor.
- the mannosidase inhibitor can be a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor, a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor or both.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be one or more of: kifunensine, deoxymannojirimycin, or a similar inhibitor.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is kifunensine.
- Useful class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors can include one or more of: swainsonine, mannostatin, 6-deoxy-1, 4-dideoxy-1,4-imino-D-mannitol (6-deoxy-DIM), and 6-deoxy-6-fluoro-1, 4-dideoxy-1, 4-imino-D-mannitol (6-deoxy-6-fluoro-DIM).
- the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is swainsonine.
- a mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml.
- the method further includes contacting the cell with a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor and a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml;
- the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml; each of the class 1 processing and class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors are present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml;
- the cell carries a mutation for, e.g., a knockout for, at least one Golgi processing mannosidase.
- the mutation can be one which reduces the expression of the gene, reduces protein or activity levels, or alters the distribution or other post translational modifications of the mannosidase, e.g., the processing of the carbohydrate chains.
- the mutation can be one which reduces the level of the Golgi processing mannosidase activity, e.g., one which reduces gene expression, e.g., a null mutation, e.g., a deletion, a frameshift or an insertion.
- the mutation is a knockout, e.g., in the mannosidase gene.
- the mutation can affect the structure (and activity of the protein), and can, e.g., be a temperature sensitive mutation or a truncation.
- the cell carries a mutation, e.g., a knockout, for: a class 1 processing mannosidase; a class 2 processing mannosidase; a class 1 processing mannosidase and a class 2 processing mannosidase.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; or combinations thereof.
- the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- the cell includes a nucleic acid sequence, such as an antisense molecule or ribozyme, which can bind to or inactivate a cellular mannosidase nucleic acid sequence, e.g., mRNA, and inhibit expression of the protein.
- the nucleic acid sequence is: a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule; a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule; both a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule and a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; and combinations thereof.
- the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- the cell includes a molecule, e.g., an exogenously supplied molecule, which binds and inhibits a mannosidase.
- the molecule can be, e.g., a single chain antibody, an intracellular protein or a competitive or non-competitive inhibitor.
- the hmGCB molecule includes a carbohydrate chain having at least four mannose residues.
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having five mannose residues
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having six mannose residues
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having seven mannose residues
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having eight mannose residues
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having nine mannose residues.
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having five, eight or nine mannose residues.
- the hmGCB produced (either one or more hmGCB molecules or the preparation as a whole) has a ratio of mannose residues to GlcNAc residues which is greater than 3 mannose residues to 2 GlcNAc residues, preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 4:2, 5:2, 6:2, 7:2, 8:2, 9:2, more preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 5:2, 8:2 or 9:2.
- the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented on one, two, three or four of the carbohydrate chains of an hmGCB molecule.
- hmGCB molecules of the preparation have at least one, and preferably two, three or four carbohydrate chains in which the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core has been prevented.
- the hmGCB preparation is a relatively heterogeneous preparation.
- less than 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5% or 1% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have the same number of mannose residues in addition to the pentasaccharide core.
- the ratio of carbohydrate chains having the same number of mannose resides in addition to the pentasaccharide core to carbohydrate chains having a different number of mannose residues can be about: 60%:40%; 50%:50%; 40%:60%; 30%:70%; 25%:75%; 20%:80%; 15%:85%; 10%:90%; 5% or less:95% or more.
- activity of Golgi mannosidase IA and/or IB and/or IC is inhibited and at least about 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or 100% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have five or more mannose residues, e.g., five, six, seven, eight and/or nine mannose residues.
- activity of Golgi mannosidase I is inhibited and the ratio of carbohydrate chains having five or more mannose residues to carbohydrate chains having four or less mannose residues is about 60%:40%; 70%:30%; 75%:25%; 80%:20%; 85%:15%; 90%:10%; 95%:5%; 99%:1%; or 100%:0%.
- activity of Golgi mannosidase II is inhibited and at least about 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or 100% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have five or more mannose residues, e.g., five, six, seven, eight and/or nine mannose residues.
- activity of Golgi mannosidase II is inhibited and the ratio of carbohydrate chains having five or more mannose residues to carbohydrate chains having four or less mannose residues is about 60%:40%; 70%:30%; 75%:25%; 80%:20%; 85%:15%; 90%:10%; 95%:5%; 99%:1%; or 100%:0%.
- the cell includes an exogenous nucleic acid sequence which includes a GCB coding region.
- the cell further includes a regulatory sequence, an endogenous or exogenous regulatory sequence, which functions to regulate expression of the exogenous GCB coding region.
- the cell includes an exogenous regulatory sequence which functions to regulate expression of an endogenous GCB coding sequence, e.g., the regulatory sequence is integrated into the genome of the cell such that it regulates expression of an endogenous GCB coding sequence.
- the regulatory sequence includes one or more of: a promoter, an enhancer, an upstream activating sequence (UAS), a scaffold-attachment region or a transcription factor-binding site.
- the regulatory sequence includes: a regulatory sequence from a metallothionein-I gene, e.g., a mouse metallothionein-I gene, a regulatory sequence from an SV-40 gene, a regulatory sequence from a cytomegalovirus gene, a regulatory sequence from a collagen gene, a regulatory sequence from an actin gene, a regulatory sequence from an immunoglobulin gene, a regulatory sequence from the HMG-CoA reductase gene, or a regulatory sequence from the EF-1 ⁇ gene.
- the cell is: a eukaryotic cell.
- the cell is of fungal, plant or animal origin, e.g., vertebrate origin.
- the cell is: a mammalian cell, e.g., a primary or secondary mammalian cell, e.g., a fibroblast, a hematopoietic stem cell, a myoblast, a keratinocyte, an epithelial cell, an endothelial cell, a glial cell, a neural cell, a cell comprising a formed element of the blood, a muscle cell and precursors of these somatic cells; a transformed or immortalized cell line.
- a mammalian cell e.g., a primary or secondary mammalian cell, e.g., a fibroblast, a hematopoietic stem cell, a myoblast, a keratinocyte, an epithelial cell, an endothelial cell, a glial cell
- the cell is a human cell.
- immortalized human cell lines useful in the present method include, but are not limited to: a Bowes Melanoma cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 9607), a Daudi cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 213), a HeLa cell and a derivative of a HeLa cell (ATCC Accession Nos. CCL2 CCL2.1 and CCL 2.2), a HL-60 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 240), an HT-1080 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 121), a Jurkat cell (ATCC Accession No. TIB 152), a KB carcinoma cell (ATCC Accession No.
- CCL 17 a K-562 leukemia cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 243), a MCF-7 breast cancer cell (ATCC Accession No. BTH 22), a MOLT-4 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1582), a Namalwa cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 1432), a Raji cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 86), a RPMI 8226 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 155), a U-937 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1593), WI-28VA13 sub line 2R4 cells (ATCC Accession No. CLL 155), a CCRF-CEM cell (ATCC Accession No.
- the immortalized cell line can be cell line other than a human cell line, e.g., a CHO cell line, a COS cell line.
- the cell can be a from a clonal cell strain or clonal cell line.
- a population of cells which are capable of expressing hmGCB is provided, and at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or all of the cells produce hmGCB molecules with at least one carbohydrate chain, and preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having the specified number of mannose residues.
- the cell is cultured in culture medium which includes at least one mannosidase inhibitor.
- the method further includes obtaining the hmGCB from the medium in which the cell is cultured.
- the invention features a method of producing a preparation of hmGCB.
- the method includes:
- the GCB is human GCB.
- the cell is a human cell.
- the removal of: one or more ⁇ 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; an ⁇ 1,3 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; and/or an ⁇ 1,6 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented.
- the removal of one or more ⁇ 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented.
- the method can include: contacting the cell with a substance which inhibits a class 1 processing mannosidase activity and a substance which inhibits a class 2 processing mannosidase activity thereby preventing the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB.
- the substances prevent removal of one or more ⁇ 1,2 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core.
- the method includes contacting the cell with a substance which inhibits a class 1 processing mannosidase activity and a substance which inhibits a class 2 processing mannosidase activity, wherein the substances are a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor and a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be one or more of:
- a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml;
- a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml; each of the class 1 processing and class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors are present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml; the total concentration of the class 1 processing and class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors present is between about 0.025 to 40.0 ⁇ g/ml,
- the cell carries a mutation for, e.g., a knockout for, a class 1 mannosidase and a class 2 mannosidase.
- the mutation can be one which reduces the expression of the gene, reduces protein or activity levels, or alters the distribution or other post translational modifications of the mannosidase, e.g., the processing of the carbohydrate chains.
- the mutation can be one which reduces the level of a class 1 processing mannosidase and/or a class 2 processing mannosidase activity, e.g., one which reduces gene expression, e.g., a null mutation, e.g., a deletion, a frameshift, or an insertion.
- the mutation is a knockout in the mannosidase gene.
- the mutation can affect the structure (and activity of the protein), and can, e.g., be a temperature sensitive mutant.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; combinations thereof.
- the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- the cell includes both a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule and a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; combinations thereof.
- the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- the cell includes a molecule, e.g., an exogenously supplied molecule, which binds and inhibits a mannosidase.
- the molecule can be, e.g., a single chain antibody, an intracellular protein or a competitive or non-competitive inhibitor.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase activity and the class 2 mannosidase activity can be inhibited by different mechanisms.
- a class 1 processing mannosidase activity can be inhibited by contacting the cell with a substrate which inhibits a class 1 processing mannosidase, e.g., a class 1 mannosidase inhibitor
- the class 2 processing mannosidase can be inhibited by using a cell which is a knockout of a class 2 mannosidase and/or includes a class 2 mannosidase antisense molecule.
- a class 2 processing mannosidase activity can be inhibited by contacting the cell with a substrate which inhibits a class 2 processing mannosidase, e.g., a class 2 mannosidase inhibitor, and the class 1 processing mannosidase can be inhibited by using a cell which is a knockout of a class 1 mannosidase and/or includes a class 1 mannosidase antisense molecule.
- a substrate which inhibits a class 2 processing mannosidase e.g., a class 2 mannosidase inhibitor
- the class 1 processing mannosidase can be inhibited by using a cell which is a knockout of a class 1 mannosidase and/or includes a class 1 mannosidase antisense molecule.
- the hmGCB molecule includes a carbohydrate chain having at least four mannose residues.
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having five mannose residues
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having six mannose residues
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having seven mannose residues
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having eight mannose residues
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having nine mannose residues.
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having five, eight or nine mannose residues.
- the hmGCB produced (either one or more hmGCB molecules or the preparation as a whole) has a ratio of mannose residues to GlcNAc residues which is greater than 3 mannose residues to 2 GlcNAc residues, preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 4:2, 5:2, 6:2, 7:2, 8:2, 9:2, more preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 8:2 or 9:2.
- the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented on one, two, three or four of the carbohydrate chains of the hmGCB molecule.
- hmGCB molecules of the preparation have at least one, and preferably two, three or four carbohydrate chains in which the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core has been prevented.
- the hmGCB preparation is a relatively heterogeneous preparation.
- less than 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5% or 1% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have the same number of mannose residues in addition to the pentasaccharide core.
- the ratio of carbohydrate chains having the same number of mannose resides in addition to the pentasaccharide core to carbohydrate chains having a different number of mannose residues can be about: 60%:40%; 50%:50%; 40%:60%; 30%:70%; 25%:75%; 20%:80%; 15%:85%; 10%:90%; 5% or less:95% or more.
- activity of a class 1 processing mannosidase e.g., Golgi mannosidase IA and/or Golgi mannosidase IB and/or Golgi mannosidase IC
- activity of a class 2 processing mannosidase e.g., Golgi mannosidase II
- at least about 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or 100% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have five or more mannose residues, e.g., five, six, seven, eight and/or nine mannose residues.
- activity of a class 1 processing mannosidase e.g., Golgi mannosidase IA and/or Golgi mannosidase IB and/or Golgi mannosidase IC
- activity of a class 2 processing mannosidase e.g., Golgi mannosidase II
- the ratio of carbohydrate chains having five or more mannose residues to carbohydrate chains having four or less mannose residues, respectively is about 60%:40%; 70%:30%; 75%:25%; 80%:20%; 85%:15%; 90%:10%; 95%:5%; 99%:1%; or 100%:0%.
- the cell includes an exogenous nucleic acid sequence which includes a GCB coding region.
- the cell further includes a regulatory sequence, an endogenous or exogenous regulatory sequence, which functions to regulate expression of the exogenous GCB coding region.
- the cell includes an exogenous regulatory sequence which functions to regulate expression of an endogenous GCB coding sequence, e.g., the regulatory sequence is integrated into the genome of the cell such that it regulates expression of an endogenous GCB coding sequence.
- the regulatory sequence includes one or more of: a promoter, an enhancer, an upstream activating sequence (UAS), a scaffold-attachment region or a transcription factor-binding site.
- the regulatory sequence includes: a regulatory sequence from a metallothionein-I gene, e.g., a mouse metallothionein-I gene, a regulatory sequence from an SV-40 gene, a regulatory sequence from a cytomegalovirus gene, a regulatory sequence from a collagen gene, a regulatory sequence from an actin gene, a regulatory sequence from an immunoglobulin gene, a regulatory sequence from the HMG-CoA reductase gene, or a regulatory sequence from the EF-1 ⁇ gene.
- the cell is: a eukaryotic cell.
- the cell is of fungal, plant or animal origin, e.g., vertebrate origin.
- the cell is: a mammalian cell, e.g., a primary or secondary mammalian cell, e.g., a fibroblast, a hematopoietic stem cell, a myoblast, a keratinocyte, an epithelial cell, an endothelial cell, a glial cell, a neural cell, a cell comprising a formed element of the blood, a muscle cell and precursors of these somatic cells; a transformed or immortalized cell line.
- a mammalian cell e.g., a primary or secondary mammalian cell, e.g., a fibroblast, a hematopoietic stem cell, a myoblast, a keratinocyte, an epithelial cell, an endothelial cell, a glial cell
- the cell is a human cell.
- immortalized human cell lines useful in the present method include, but are not limited to: a Bowes Melanoma cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 9607), a Daudi cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 213), a HeLa cell and a derivative of a HeLa cell (ATCC Accession Nos. CCL2 CCL2.1 and CCL 2.2), a HL-60 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 240), an HT-1080 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 121), a Jurkat cell (ATCC Accession No. TIB 152), a KB carcinoma cell (ATCC Accession No.
- CCL 17 a K-562 leukemia cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 243), a MCF-7 breast cancer cell (ATCC Accession No. BTH 22), a MOLT-4 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1582), a Namalwa cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 1432), a Raji cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 86), a RPMI 8226 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 155), a U-937 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1593), WI-28VA13 sub line 2R4 cells (ATCC Accession No. CLL 155), a CCRF-CEM cell (ATCC Accession No.
- the immortalized cell line can be cell line other than a human cell line, e.g., a CHO cell line, a COS cell line.
- the cell can be from a clonal cell strain or clonal cell line.
- a population of cells which are capable of expressing hmGCB is provided, and at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or all of the cells produce hmGCB with at least one carbohydrate chain, preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having the specified number of mannose residues.
- the cell is cultured in a culture medium which includes at least one class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor and at least one class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor.
- the method further includes obtaining the hmGCB from the medium in which the cell is cultured.
- the invention features a method of producing a preparation of hmGCB.
- the method includes:
- the GCB is human GCB.
- the removal of: one or more ⁇ 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; an ⁇ 1,3 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; and/or an ⁇ 1,6 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented.
- the removal of one or more ⁇ 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented.
- the method can include contacting the cell with a substance which prevents the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, e.g., prevents removal of one or more ⁇ 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core, an ⁇ 1,3 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core and/or an ⁇ 1,6 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core.
- the removal of one or more ⁇ 1,2 mannose(s) residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented.
- the method includes contacting the cell with a substance which prevents the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, and the substance is a mannosidase inhibitor.
- the mannosidase inhibitor can be a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor, a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor or both.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be one or more of: kifunensine, deoxymannojirimycin, or a similar inhibitor.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is kifunensine.
- Useful class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors can include one or more of: swainsonine, mannostatin, 6-deoxy-DIM, 6-deoxy-6-fluoro-DIM.
- the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is swainsonine.
- a mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml.
- the method further includes contacting the cell with a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor and a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor.
- a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml;
- a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml; each of the class 1 processing and class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors are present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml;
- the cell carries a mutation for, e.g., a knockout for, at least one mannosidase.
- the mutation can be one which reduces the expression the gene, reduces protein or activity levels, or alters the distribution or other post translational modifications of the mannosidase, e.g., the processing of the carbohydrate chains.
- the mutation can be one which reduces the level of the Golgi processing mannosidase activity, e.g., one which reduces gene expression, e.g., a null mutation, e.g., a deletion, a frameshift or an insertion.
- the mutation is a knockout, e.g., in the mannosidase gene.
- the mutation can affect the structure (and activity of the protein), and can, e.g., be a temperature sensitive mutation or a truncation.
- the cell carries a mutation, e.g., a knockout, for: a class 1 processing mannosidase; a class 2 processing mannosidase; a mutant, e.g., a knockout, for a class 1 processing mannosidase and a class 2 processing mannosidase.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; or combinations thereof.
- the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- the cell includes a nucleic acid sequence, such as an antisense molecule or ribozyme, which can bind to or inactivate a cellular mannosidase nucleic acid sequence, e.g., mRNA, and inhibit expression of the protein.
- the nucleic acid sequence is: a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule; a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule; both a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule and a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; combinations thereof.
- the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- the cell includes a molecule, e.g., an exogenously supplied molecule, which binds and inhibits a mannosidase.
- the molecule can be, e.g., a single chain antibody, an intracellular protein or a competitive or non-competitive inhibitor.
- the hmGCB molecule includes a carbohydrate chain having at least four mannose residues.
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having five mannose residues
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having six mannose residues
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having seven mannose residues
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having eight mannose residues
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having nine mannose residues.
- the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having five, eight or nine mannose residues.
- the hmGCB produced (either one or more hmGCB molecules or the preparation as a whole) has a ratio of mannose residues to GlcNAc residues which is greater than 3 mannose residues to 2 GlcNAc residues, preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 4:2, 5:2, 6:2, 7:2, 8:2, 9:2, more preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 5:2, 8:2 or 9:2.
- the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented on one, two, three or four of the carbohydrate chains of the hmGCB molecule.
- hmGCB molecules of the preparation have at least one, and preferably two, three or four carbohydrate chains in which the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core has been prevented.
- the hmGCB preparation is a relatively heterogeneous preparation.
- less than 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5% or 1% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have the same number of mannose residues in addition to the pentasaccharide core.
- the ratio of carbohydrate chains having the same number of mannose resides in addition to the pentasaccharide core to carbohydrate chains having a different number of mannose residues can be about: 60%:40%; 50%:50%; 40%:60%; 30%:70%; 25%:75%; 20%:80%; 15%:85%; 10%:90%; 5% or less:95% or more.
- activity of Golgi mannosidase IA and/or IB and/or IC is inhibited and at least about 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or 100% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have five or more mannose residues, e.g., five, six, seven, eight, and/or nine mannose residues.
- activity of Golgi mannosidase I is inhibited and the ratio of carbohydrate chains having five or more mannose residues to carbohydrate chains having four or less mannose residues is about 60%:40%; 70%:30%; 75%:25%; 80%:20%; 85%:15%; 90%:10%; 95%:5%; 99%:1%; or 100%:0%.
- activity of Golgi mannosidase II is inhibited and at least about 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or 100% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have five or more mannose residues.
- activity of Golgi mannosidase II is inhibited and the ratio of carbohydrate chains having five or more mannose residues to carbohydrate chains having four or less mannose residues is about 60%:40%; 70%:30%; 75%:25%; 80%:20%; 85%:15%; 90%:10%; 95%:5%; 99%:1%; or 100%:0%.
- the regulatory sequence includes one or more of: a promoter, an enhancer, an upstream activating sequence (UAS), a scaffold-attachment region or a transcription factor-binding site.
- the regulatory sequence includes: a regulatory sequence from a metallothionein-I gene, e.g., a mouse metallothionein-I gene, a regulatory sequence from an SV-40 gene, a regulatory sequence from a cytomegalovirus gene, a regulatory sequence from a collagen gene, a regulatory sequence from an actin gene, a regulatory sequence from an immunoglobulin gene, a regulatory sequence from the HMG-CoA reductase gene, or a regulatory sequence from the EF-1 ⁇ gene.
- the cell is: a eukaryotic cell.
- the cell is of fungal, plant or animal origin, e.g., vertebrate origin.
- the cell is: a mammalian cell, e.g., a primary or secondary mammalian cell, e.g., a fibroblast, a hematopoietic stem cell, a myoblast, a keratinocyte, an epithelial cell, an endothelial cell, a glial cell, a neural cell, a cell comprising a formed element of the blood, a muscle cell and precursors of these somatic cells; a transformed or immortalized cell line.
- a mammalian cell e.g., a primary or secondary mammalian cell, e.g., a fibroblast, a hematopoietic stem cell, a myoblast, a keratinocyte, an epithelial cell, an endothelial cell, a glial cell
- the cell is a human cell.
- immortalized human cell lines useful in the present method include, but are not limited to: a Bowes Melanoma cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 9607), a Daudi cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 213), a HeLa cell and a derivative of a HeLa cell (ATCC Accession Nos. CCL2, CCL2.1 and CCL 2.2), a HL-60 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 240), an HT-1080 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 121), a Jurkat cell (ATCC Accession No. TIB 152), a KB carcinoma cell (ATCC Accession No.
- CCL 17 a K-562 leukemia cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 243), a MCF-7 breast cancer cell (ATCC Accession No. BTH 22), a MOLT-4 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1582), a Namalwa cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 1432), a Raji cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 86), a RPMI 8226 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 155), a U-937 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1593), WI-28VA13 sub line 2R4 cells (ATCC Accession No. CLL 155), a CCRF-CEM cell (ATCC Accession No.
- the immortalized cell line can be cell line other than a human cell line, e.g., a CHO cell line, a COS cell line.
- the cell can be from a clonal cell strain or clonal cell line.
- a population of cells which are capable of expressing hmGCB is provided, and at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or all of the cells produce hmGCB with at least one carbohydrate chain, preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having the specified number of mannose residues.
- the cell is cultured in culture medium which includes at least one mannosidase inhibitor.
- the method further includes obtaining the hmGCB from the medium in which the cell is cultured.
- the invention features an hmGCB molecule, e.g., an hmGCB molecule described herein, e.g., a human hmGCB, produced by any of the methods described herein.
- the hmGCB molecule includes at least one carbohydrate chain, preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having at least four mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide chain.
- the invention features an hmGCB preparation which includes a portion of hmGCB molecules which include at least one carbohydrate chain, preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having at least four mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide chain.
- the hmGCB preparation is produced by any of the methods described herein.
- the hmGCB is human hmGCB.
- the hmGCB molecule can have: at least one carbohydrate chain having five mannose residues; at least one carbohydrate chain having six mannose residues; at least one carbohydrate chain having seven mannose residues; at least one carbohydrate chain having eight mannose residues; at least one carbohydrate chain having nine mannose residues.
- the hmGCB produced (either one or more hmGCB molecules or the preparation as a whole) has at least one carbohydrate chain having a ratio of mannose residues to GlcNAc residues which is greater than 3 mannose residues to 2 GlcNAc residues, preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 4:2, 5:2, 6:2, 7:2, 8:2, 9:2, more preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 5:2, 8:2 or 9:2.
- At least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or all of the hmGCB of the preparation have at least one, preferably, two, three or four carbohydrate chains in which the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core has been prevented.
- the invention features a cell having at least one mannosidase activity inhibited and which includes a nucleic acid sequence comprising an exogenous regulatory sequence which has been introduced such that the regulatory sequence regulates the expression of an endogenous GCB coding region, wherein the cell produces GCB in which the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of a precursor oligosaccharide of GCB is prevented.
- the cell produces an hmGCB preparation, e.g., a human hmGCB preparation, in which the removal of: one or more ⁇ 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; an ⁇ 1,3 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; and/or an ⁇ 1,6 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented.
- the removal of one or more ⁇ 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented.
- At least one mannosidase activity in the cell has been inhibited by contacting the cell with a substance which inhibits a mannosidase.
- the substance is a mannosidase inhibitor.
- the mannosidase inhibitor can be a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor, a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor or both.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be one or more of: kifunensine and deoxymannojirimycin.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is kifunensine.
- the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be one or more of: swainsonine, mannostatin, 6-deoxy-DIM, and 6-deoxy-6-fluoro-DIM.
- the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is swainsonine.
- the cell carries a mutation for, e.g., a knockout for, at least one Golgi processing mannosidase.
- the mutation can be one which reduces the expression of the gene, reduces protein or activity levels, or alters the distribution or other post translational modifications of the mannosidase, e.g., the processing of a carbohydrate chain.
- the mutant can be one which reduces the level of Golgi processing mannosidase activity, e.g., one which reduces gene expression, e.g., a null mutation, e.g., a deletion, a frameshift, or an insertion.
- the mutation is a knockout in the mannosidase gene.
- the mutation can affect the structure (and activity of the protein), and can, e.g., be a temperature sensitive mutation.
- the cell is a mutant, e.g., a knockout, for: a class 1 processing mannosidase; a class 2 processing mannosidase; a class 1 processing mannosidase and a class 2 processing mannosidase.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; combinations thereof.
- the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- the cell further includes a nucleic acid sequence, such as an antisense molecule or ribozyme, which can bind to or inactivate a cellular mannosidase nucleic acid sequence, e.g., mRNA, and inhibit expression of the protein.
- a nucleic acid sequence is: a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule; a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule; both a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule and a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule.
- the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; combinations thereof.
- the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- the cell includes a molecule, e.g., an exogenously supplied molecule, which binds and inhibits a mannosidase.
- the molecule can be, e.g., a single chain antibody, an intracellular protein or a competitive or non-competitive inhibitor.
- the hmGCB molecule produced by the cell has a ratio of mannose residues to GlcNAc residues which is greater than 3 mannose residues to 2 GlcNAc residues, preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 4:2, 5:2, 6:2, 7:2, 8:2, 9:2, more preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 5:2, 8:2 or 9:2.
- the cell is unable to remove of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core on one, two, three or four of the carbohydrate chains of hmGCB.
- At least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or all of the hmGCB molecules produced by the cell have at least one, preferably, two, three or four carbohydrate chains in which the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core has been prevented.
- the regulatory sequence includes one or more of: a promoter, an enhancer, an upstream activating sequence (UAS), a scaffold-attachment region or a transcription factor-binding site.
- the regulatory sequence includes: a regulatory sequence from a metallothionein-I gene, e.g., a mouse metallothionein-I gene, a regulatory sequence from an SV-40 gene, a regulatory sequence from a cytomegalovirus gene, a regulatory sequence from a collagen gene, a regulatory sequence from an actin gene, a regulatory sequence from an immunoglobulin gene, a regulatory sequence from the HMG-CoA reductase gene, or a regulatory sequence from the EF-1 ⁇ gene.
- the cell is: a eukaryotic cell.
- the cell is of fungal, plant or animal origin, e.g., vertebrate origin.
- the cell is: a mammalian cell, e.g., a primary or secondary mammalian cell, e.g., a fibroblast, a hematopoietic stem cell, a myoblast, a keratinocyte, an epithelial cell, an endothelial cell, a glial cell, a neural cell, a cell comprising a formed element of the blood, a muscle cell and precursors of these somatic cells; a transformed or immortalized cell line.
- a mammalian cell e.g., a primary or secondary mammalian cell, e.g., a fibroblast, a hematopoietic stem cell, a myoblast, a keratinocyte, an epithelial cell, an endothelial cell, a glial cell
- the cell is a human cell.
- immortalized human cell lines useful in the present method include, but are not limited to: a Bowes Melanoma cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 9607), a Daudi cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 213), a HeLa cell and a derivative of a HeLa cell (ATCC Accession Nos. CCL2, CCL2.1, and CCL 2.2), a HL-60 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 240), an HT-1080 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 121), a Jurkat cell (ATCC Accession No. TIB 152), a KB carcinoma cell (ATCC Accession No.
- CCL 17 a K-562 leukemia cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 243), a MCF-7 breast cancer cell (ATCC Accession No. BTH 22), a MOLT-4 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1582), a Namalwa cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 1432), a Raji cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 86), a RPMI 8226 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 155), a U-937 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1593), WI-28VA13 sub line 2R4 cells (ATCC Accession No. CLL 155), a CCRF-CEM cell (ATCC Accession No.
- the immortalized cell line can be cell line other than a human cell line, e.g., a CHO cell line, a COS cell line.
- the cell can be from a clonal cell strain or clonal cell line.
- the invention features a pharmaceutical composition which includes an hmGCB molecule, e.g., a human hmGCB, which includes at least one carbohydrate chain, preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having at least four mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide chain, in an amount suitable for treating Gaucher disease.
- an hmGCB molecule e.g., a human hmGCB
- at least one carbohydrate chain preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having at least four mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide chain, in an amount suitable for treating Gaucher disease.
- the pharmaceutical composition further includes a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
- Another aspect of the invention features a method of treating a subject having Gaucher disease.
- the method includes administering to a subject having Gaucher disease an hmGCB preparation, e.g., a human hmGCB preparation, which includes at least one carbohydrate chain, preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having at least four mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide chain, in an amount suitable for treating Gaucher disease.
- an hmGCB preparation e.g., a human hmGCB preparation, which includes at least one carbohydrate chain, preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having at least four mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide chain, in an amount suitable for treating Gaucher disease.
- the invention features a method of purifying hmGCB from a sample.
- the method includes: providing a harvested hmGCB product; and subjecting the hmGCB product to hydrophobic charge induction chromatography (HCIC) and/or hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC), thereby obtaining purified hmGCB.
- HCIC hydrophobic charge induction chromatography
- HIC hydrophobic interaction chromatography
- MEP Hypercel® is used for HCIC.
- MacroPrep Methyl® is used for HIC.
- the method further includes subjecting the hmGCB product to ion exchange chromatography.
- the hmGCB product can be subjected to HCIC and/or HIC prior to ion exchange chromatography or the hmGCB product can be subjected to ion exchange chromatography prior to HCIC and/or HIC.
- the hmGCB product is subjected to more than one ion exchange chromatography step.
- the ion exchange chromatography can be: anion exchange chromatography, cation exchange chromatography or both.
- anion exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: Q Sepharose Fast Flow®, MacroPrep High Q Support®, DEAE Sepharose Fast Flow@, and Macro-Prep DEAE®.
- cation exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: SP Sepharose Fast Flow®, Source 30S®, CM Sepharose Fast Flow@, Macro-Prep CM Support®, and Macro-Prep High S Support®.
- the method further includes subjecting the hmGCB product to size exclusion chromatography.
- the size exclusion chromatography is performed using one or more of: Superdex 200®, Sephacryl S-200 HR® and Bio-Gel A 1.5m®.
- the invention features a method of purifying hmGCB.
- the method includes: providing a harvested hmGCB product; subjecting the hmGCB product to hydrophobic charge induction chromatography (HCIC) and/or hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC); and subjecting the hmGCB product to one or more of anion exchange chromatography, cation exchange chromatography, and size exclusion chromatography, to thereby obtain purified hmGCB.
- HCIC hydrophobic charge induction chromatography
- HIC hydrophobic interaction chromatography
- MEP Hypercel® is used for HCIC.
- MacroPrep Methyl® is used for HIC.
- the method includes using anion exchange chromatography.
- anion exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: Q Sepharose Fast Flow@, MacroPrep High Q Support®, DEAE Sepharose Fast Flow@, and Macro-Prep DEAE®.
- the method includes using cation exchange chromatography.
- cation exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: SP Sepharose Fast Flow@, Source 30S®, CM Sepharose Fast Flow@, Macro-Prep CM Support®, and Macro-Prep High S Support®.
- the method includes using size exclusion chromatography.
- the size exclusion chromatography is performed using one or more of: Superdex 200®, Sephacryl S-200 HR® and Bio-Gel A 1.5m®.
- the hmGCB is subjected to (in any order): anion exchange chromatography and cation exchange chromatography; anion exchange chromatography and size exclusion chromatography; cation exchange chromatography and size exclusion chromatography; anion exchange chromatography, cation exchange chromatography and size exclusion chromatography.
- the hmGCB is subjected to all three of these chromatography steps in the following order: anion exchange chromatography, cation exchange chromatography and size exclusion chromatography.
- the invention features a method of purifying hmGCB.
- the method includes: providing a harvested hmGCB product; subjecting the hmGCB product to hydrophobic charge induction chromatography (HCIC) and/or hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC); subjecting the HCIC and/or HIC purified hmGCB product to anion exchange chromatography; subjecting the anion exchange purified hmGCB to cation exchange chromatography; and, subjecting the cation exchange purified hmGCB to size exclusion chromatography, to thereby obtain purified hmGCB.
- HCIC hydrophobic charge induction chromatography
- HIC hydrophobic interaction chromatography
- MEP Hypercel® is used for HCIC.
- MacroPrep Methyl® is used for HIC.
- anion exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: Q Sepharose Fast Flow@, MacroPrep High Q Support®, DEAE Sepharose Fast Flow®, and Macro-Prep DEAE®.
- cation exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: SP Sepharose Fast Flow®, Source 30S®, CM Sepharose Fast Flow®, Macro-Prep CM Support®, and Macro-Prep High S Support®.
- size exclusion chromatography is performed using one or more of: Superdex 200®, Sephacryl S-200 HR® and Bio-Gel A 1.5m®.
- high mannose glucocerebrosidase refers to glucocerebrosidase having at least one carbohydrate chain having four or more mannose residues from a precursor oligosaccharide.
- the hmGCB has five, six, seven, eight or nine mannose residues from the precursor oligosaccharide chain.
- the hmGCB has five, eight or nine mannose residues from the precursor oligosaccharide chain.
- hmGCB preparation refers to two or more hmGCB molecules.
- primary cell includes cells present in a suspension of cells isolated from a vertebrate tissue source (prior to their being plated i.e., attached to a tissue culture substrate such as a dish or flask), cells present in an explant derived from tissue, both of the previous types of cells plated for the first time, and cell suspensions derived from these plated cells.
- secondary cell or cell strain refers to cells at all subsequent steps in culturing. That is, the first time a plated primary cell is removed from the culture substrate and replated (passaged), it is referred to herein as a secondary cell, as are all cells in subsequent passages. Secondary cells are cell strains which consist of secondary cells which have been passaged one or more times.
- a cell strain consists of secondary cells that: 1) have been passaged one or more times; 2) exhibit a finite number of mean population doublings in culture; 3) exhibit the properties of contact-inhibited, anchorage dependent growth (anchorage-dependence does not apply to cells that are propagated in suspension culture); and 4) are not immortalized.
- a "clonal cell strain” is defined as a cell strain that is derived from a single founder cell.
- a “heterogenous cell strain” is defined as a cell strain that is derived from two or more founder cells.
- Immunoma cells are cell lines (as opposed to cell strains with the designation “strain” reserved for primary and secondary cells), a critical feature of which is that they exhibit an apparently unlimited lifespan in culture.
- transfected cell refers to a cell into which an exogenous synthetic nucleic acid sequence, e.g., a sequence which encodes a protein, is introduced. Once in the cell, the synthetic nucleic acid sequence can integrate into the recipients cells chromosomal DNA or can exist episomally. Standard transfection methods can be used to introduce the synthetic nucleic acid sequence into a cell, e.g., transfection mediated by liposome, polybrene, DEAE dextran-mediated transfection, electroporation, calcium phosphate precipitation or carbohydrate chain with four or more mannose residues from the precursor oligosaccharide chain can be obtained.
- transfection mediated by liposome, polybrene, DEAE dextran-mediated transfection electroporation, calcium phosphate precipitation or carbohydrate chain with four or more mannose residues from the precursor oligosaccharide chain can be obtained.
- Gaucher disease is caused by a deficiency of GCB.
- GCB is required for degradation of glycosphingolipid glucocerebroside.
- the glucocerebroside accumulates primarily in phagocytic cells, e.g., macrophages, and, ultimately, builds up in the liver, spleen and bone marrow.
- Macrophages have mannose receptors. These receptors play a role in receptor-mediated endocytosis by these cells.
- hmGCB efficiently targets the mannose receptors on macrophages and improves the uptake of GCB (in the form of hmGCB) into these cells.
- GCB in the form of hmGCB
- hmGCB can be used to hydrolyze glucocerebroside in the macrophages, thereby reducing the subsequent accumulation of this glycolipid in the liver, spleen and bone marrow of patients having Gaucher disease.
- Nucleotide sequence information is available for genes encoding glucocerebrosidase from various species. (See Horowitz et al. (1989) Genomics 4(1):87-96 ; Beutler et al. (1992) Genomics 12(4):795-800 ).
- Mature human GCB has five potential N-linked glycosylation sites at Asn-19, Asn-59, Asn-146, Asn-270, and Asn-462. Glycosylation occurs at four of the five sites in human tissue derived GCB ( Erickson et al. (1985) J. Biol. Chem. 260:14319-14324 ). Studies employing site-directed mutagenesis have demonstrated that the site at Asn-462 is never occupied ( Berg-Fussman et al. (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268:14861-14866 ).
- the first event in GCB N-glycosylation is the co-translational transfer in the lumen of the endoplasmic reticulum (ER) of Glc 3 Man 9 GlcNAc 2 from oligosaccharide-PP-dolichol to nascent peptide.
- ER endoplasmic reticulum
- Glc 3 Man 9 GlcNAc 2 The presence of the three glucose residues on the donor oligosaccharide allows for efficient transfer to an acceptor asparagine by oligosaccharyl transferase.
- microinjection does not include delivery of DNA or RNA into a cell by a virus
- infectious cell or “transduced cell” refers to a cell into which an exogenous synthetic nucleic acid sequence, e.g., a sequence which encodes a protein, is introduced by a virus.
- Viruses known to be useful for gene transfer include an adenovirus, an adeno-associated virus, a herpes virus, a mumps virus, a poliovirus, a retrovirus, a Sindbis virus, a lentivirus and a vaccinia virus such as a canary pox virus.
- the invention is based, in part, on the discovery that inhibition of the removal of one or more mannose residues distal from the pentasaccharide core of a precursor oligosaccharide chain of glucocerebrosidase (GCB), results in high mannose glucocerebrosidase (hmGCB) that is efficiently targeted to mannose receptors.
- GCB glucocerebrosidase
- hmGCB mannose glucocerebrosidase
- the removal of a mannose residue from the pentasaccharide core of a precursor oligosaccharide chain can be prevented by inhibiting or reducing the activity of one or more mannosidase enzymes, e.g., one or more class 1 processing mannosidase(s) and/or class 2 processing mannosidase(s).
- hmGCB By preventing or inhibiting the removal of one or more mannose residues, hmGCB having at least one Following N-glycosylation, the glucose residues are rapidly removed from GCB during the folding process by ER glucosidases I and II.
- Two different ER mannosidases are each capable of hydrolyzing a single mannose residue from Man 9 GlcNAc 2 to form two different isomers of Man 8 GlcNAc 2 (see Fig. 1 ).
- Accessible glycans are then further processed in the Golgi to Man 5 GlcNAc 2 by the removal of up to four ⁇ 1,2-linked mannose residues by Golgi mannosidase I.
- the final stage of processing that commits a glycan to the biosynthetic pathway for complex glycans requires the initial conversion of Man 5 GlcNAc 2 to GlcNAcMan 5 GlcNAc 2 by the action of GlcNAc transferase I, after which Golgi mannosidase II can catalyse the removal of two further mannose residues to yield GlcNAcMan 3 GlcNAc 2 .
- GCB with high mannose chains will effectively target the mannose receptors on reticuloendothelial cells.
- Primary and secondary cells to be transfected or infected can be obtained from a variety of tissues and include cell types which can be maintained and propagated in culture.
- primary and secondary cells which can be transfected or infected include fibroblasts, keratinocytes, epithelial cells (e.g., mammary epithelial cells, intestinal epithelial cells), endothelial cells, glial cells, neural cells, formed elements of the blood (e.g., lymphocytes, bone marrow cells), muscle cells and precursors of these somatic cell types.
- Primary cells are preferably obtained from the individual to whom the transfected or infected primary or secondary cells are administered (i.e., an autologous cell).
- primary cells may be obtained from a donor (other than the recipient) of the same species (i.e., an allogeneic cell) or another species (i.e., a xenogeneic cell) (e.g., mouse, rat, rabbit, cat, dog, pig, cow, bird, sheep, goat, horse, monkey, baboon).
- a donor other than the recipient
- a xenogeneic cell e.g., mouse, rat, rabbit, cat, dog, pig, cow, bird, sheep, goat, horse, monkey, baboon.
- Primary or secondary cells of vertebrate, particularly mammalian, origin can be transfected or infected with an exogenous DNA sequence, e.g., an exogenous DNA sequence encoding a therapeutic protein, and produce an encoded therapeutic protein stably and reproducibly, both in vitro and in vivo, over extended periods of time.
- the transfected or infected primary and secondary cells can express the encoded product in vivo at physiologically relevant levels, cells can be recovered after implantation and, upon reculturing, to grow and display their preimplantation properties.
- Cells can be modified to reduce cell surface histo compatibility complex or foreign carbohydrate moieties to reduce immunogenecity, e.g., a universal donor cell.
- primary or secondary cells of vertebrate, particularly mammalian, origin can be transfected or infected with an exogenous DNA sequence which includes a regulatory sequence.
- regulatory sequences include one or more of: a promoter, an enhancer, an UAS, a scaffold attachment region or a transcription binding site.
- the targeting event can result in the insertion of the regulatory sequence of the DNA sequence, placing a targeted endogenous gene under their control (for example, by insertion of either a promoter or an enhancer, or both, upstream of the endogenous gene or regulatory region).
- the targeting event can simultaneously result in the deletion of an endogenous regulatory sequence, such as the deletion of a tissue-specific negative regulatory sequence, of a gene.
- the targeting event can replace an existing regulatory sequence; for example, a tissue-specific enhancer can be replaced by an enhancer that has broader or different cell-type specificity than the endogenous elements, or displays a pattern of regulation or induction that is different from the corresponding nontransfected or noninfected cell.
- the endogenous sequences are deleted and new sequences are added.
- the endogenous regulatory sequences are not removed or replaced but are disrupted or disabled by the targeting event, such as by targeting the exogenous sequences within the endogenous regulatory elements.
- Introduction of a regulatory sequence by homologous recombination can result in primary or secondary cells expressing a therapeutic protein which it does not normally express.
- targeted introduction of a regulatory sequence can be used for cells which make or contain the therapeutic protein but in lower quantities than normal (in quantities less than the physiologically normal lower level) or in defective form, and for cells which make the therapeutic protein at physiologically normal levels, but are to be augmented or enhanced in their content or production.
- Methods of activating an endogenous coding sequence are described in U.S. Patent No.: 5,641,670 , U.S. Patent No.: 5,733,761 and U.S. Patent No.: 5,968,502 , the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- the transfected or infected primary or secondary cells may also include a DNA sequence encoding a selectable marker which confers a selectable phenotype upon them, facilitating their identification and isolation.
- Methods for producing transfected primary or secondary cells which stably express the DNA sequence, clonal cell strains and heterogenous cell strains of such transfected cells, methods of producing the clonal and heterogenous cell strains are known and described, for example, in U.S. Patent No.: 5,641,670 , U.S. Patent No.: 5,733,761 and U.S. Patent No.: 5,968,502 , the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- Transfected primary or secondary cells can be made by electroporation. Electroporation is carried out at appropriate voltage and capacitance (and corresponding time constant) to result in entry of the DNA construct(s) into the primary or secondary cells. Electroporation can be carried out over a wide range of voltages (e.g., 50 to 2000 volts) and corresponding capacitance. Total DNA of approximately 0.1 to 500 ⁇ g is generally used.
- known methods such as calcium phosphate precipitation, microinjection, modified calcium phosphate precipitation and polybrene precipitation, liposome fusion and receptor-mediated gene delivery can be used to transfect cells.
- Oligosaccharide assembly in cells which have not been treated to prevent removal of mannose residues usually proceeds as discussed below:
- the oligosaccharide chains of GCB are attached to the polypeptide backbone by N-glycosidic linkages.
- N-linked glycans have an amide bond that connects the anomeric carbon (C-1) of a reducing-terminal N-acetylglucosamine (GlcNAc) residue of the oligosaccharide and a nitrogen of an asparagine (Asn) residue of the polypeptide.
- N-linked oligosaccharide assembly does not occur directly on the Asn residues of the GCB protein, but rather involves preassembly of a lipid-linked 14 sugar precursor oligosaccharide which is then transferred to the protein in the ER during or very soon after its translation from mRNA.
- a "precursor oligosaccharide” as used herein refers to the oligosaccharide chain involved in the initial steps in biosynthesis of carbohydrate chains.
- a "precursor oligosaccharide” can be an oligosaccharide structure which includes at least the following sugars: Man 9 GlcNAc 2 , for example, a precursor oligosaccharide can have the following structure: Glc 3 Man 9 GlcNAc 2 , as shown in Figure 1 .
- the precursor oligosaccharide is synthesized while attached via a pyrophosphate bridge to a polyisoprenoid carrier lipid, a dolichol. This assembly involves at least six distinct membrane-bound glycosyltransferases. Some of these enzymes transfer monosaccharides from nucleotide sugars, while others utilize dolichol-linked monosaccharides as sugar donors. After assembly of the lipid-linked precursor is complete, another membrane-bound enzyme transfers it to sterically accessible Asn residues which occur as part of the sequence -Asn-X-Ser/Thr-.
- Glycosylated Asn residues of newly-synthesized GCB transiently carry Glc 3 Man 9 GlcNAc 2 , also referred to herein as an "unprocessed carbohydrate chain”.
- N-linked oligosaccharides is accomplished by the sequential action of a number of membrane-bound enzymes and begins immediately after transfer of the precursor oligosaccharide Glc 3 Man 9 GlcNAc 2 to the protein.
- processing trimming
- modifying are used interchangeably herein.
- N-linked oligosaccharide processing can be divided into three stages: removal of the three glucose residues, removal of a variable number of mannose residues, and addition of various sugar residues to the resulting trimmed core.
- Mannose residues of the Man 9 GlcNAc 2 moiety are bound by ⁇ 1,2 linkages. Up to four of these ⁇ 1,2-linked mannose residues can be removed by mannosidase IA, IB and IC to generate N-linked Man 5-8 GlcNAc 2 .
- Protein-linked Man 5 GlcNAc 2 can then serve as a substrate for GlcNAc transferase I, which transfers a ⁇ 1,2-linked GlcNAc residue from UDP-GlcNAc to the core ⁇ 1,3-linked mannose residue to form GlcNAcMan 5 GlcNAc 2 .
- Mannosidase II can then complete the trimming phase of the processing pathway by removing two mannose residues to generate a protein-linked oligosaccharide which contains within it a Man 3 GlcNAc 2 , the "pentasaccharide core".
- the structure GlcNAcMan 3 GlcNAc 2 is then a substrate for GlcNAc transferase II, which can transfer a ⁇ 1,2-linked GlcNAc residue to the ⁇ 1,6-linked mannose residue.
- monosaccharides are sequentially added to the growing oligosaccharide chain by a series of membrane-bound Golgi glycosyltransferases, each of which is highly specific with respect to the acceptor oligosaccharide, the donor sugar, and the type of linkage formed between the sugars.
- GlcNAc transferases producing ⁇ 1,2; ⁇ 1,4; or ⁇ 1,6 linkages
- galactosyltransferases producing ⁇ 1, 4; ⁇ 1,3; and ⁇ 1,3 linkages
- sialyltransferases one producing ⁇ 2, 3 and another, ⁇ 2, 6 linkages
- fucosyltransferases producing ⁇ 1,2; ⁇ 1,3; ⁇ 1,4 or ⁇ 1,6 linkages
- the cooperative action of these glycosyltransferases produces a diverse family of structures collectively referred to as "complex" oligosaccharides.
- These may contain two, three or four outer branches (“antennae”) attached to the invariant core pentasaccharide, Man 3 GlcNAc 2 .
- Antennae attached to the invariant core pentasaccharide, Man 3 GlcNAc 2 .
- These structures are referred to in terms of the number of their outer branches: biantennary (two branches), triantennary (three branches) or tetraantennary (four branches).
- the size of these complex glycans can vary.
- hmGCB can be produced by reducing or preventing cellular carbohydrate modification (i.e., processing) of GCB.
- Carbohydrate modification can be prevented by allowing production of GCB under conditions which prevent the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of a precursor oligosaccharide chain of GCB. For example, one or more of the "trimming" stages during the removal of mannose residues from a precursor oligosaccharide can be prevented.
- Cellular mannosidases fall into two broad classes: class 1 processing enzymes, which include ER mannosidase I, Golgi mannosidase IA, IB and IC and which hydrolyze ⁇ 1,2-linked mannose residues, and require Ca 2+ for activity; and class 2 processing enzymes, which include ER mannosidase II, Golgi mannosidase II, cytosolic ⁇ -mannosidase, and lysosomal ⁇ -mannosidase and which have a broader substrate specificity and do not require Ca 2+ for activity.
- class 1 processing enzymes which include ER mannosidase I, Golgi mannosidase IA, IB and IC and which hydrolyze ⁇ 1,2-linked mannose residues, and require Ca 2+ for activity
- class 2 processing enzymes which include ER mannosidase II, Golgi mannosidase II, cytosolic ⁇ -mannosidase, and lysosomal
- the trimming of mannose residues from the precursor oligosaccharide involves at least the following mannosidase enzymes: Golgi mannosidase IA, IB and IC, and Golgi mannosidase II.
- Golgi mannosidase IA, IB and IC Golgi mannosidase II.
- Trimming by a mannosidase can be inhibited, for example, by contacting the cell with a substance which prevents the removal of one or more mannose residues from a precursor oligosaccharide of GCB or by producing GCB in a cell which does not produce or produces at deficient levels at least one mannosidase, or in a cell which produces a mutated and/or inactive mannosidase.
- the cell can be a knockout for at least one mannosidase, can express at least one antisense mannosidase molecule or can be dominant negative for at least one mannosidase.
- a substance which prevents the removal of one or more mannose residues from a precursor oligosaccharide of GCB can be used to produce an hmGCB preparation.
- a cell which expresses GCB can be contacted with a substance which prevents the removal of one or more ⁇ 1,2 mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, and/or removal of an ⁇ 1,3 mannose residue of a precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, and/or removal of an ⁇ 1,6 mannose residue of a precursor oligosaccharide of GCB.
- the substance is a mannosidase inhibitor, e.g., a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor or a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor.
- Cellular mannosidases fall into two broad classes on the basis of protein sequence homologies ( Moremen et al. (1994) Glycobiology 4:113-125 ). These two classes are mechanistically different.
- Class 1 enzymes which include ER mannosidase I and Golgi mannosidase I isoforms, have a mass of about 63-73 kDa, hydrolyze ⁇ 1,2-linked mannose residues and require Ca 2+ for activity.
- Class 1 processing mannosidases can be blocked, for example, by treatment with a substrate mimic, e.g., a pyranose analog of mannose.
- class 1 processing mannosidases can be blocked by treatment with one or more of the following enzymatic inhibitors: kifunensine, deoxymannojirimycin, or a combination thereof.
- Class 2 enzymes which include ER mannosidase I, Golgi mannosidase II, cystolic ⁇ -mannosidase, and lysosomal ⁇ -mannosidase, have a greater mass of about 107-136 kDa, do not require Ca 2+ for activity and have a broader substrate specificity.
- Class 2 processing mannosidases can be blocked, for example, by treatment with furanose transition state analogues of the mannosyl cation ( Daniels et al.
- class 2 processing mannosidases can by blocked by treatment with one or more of the following inhibitors: swainsonine, 6-deoxy-DIM, 6-deoxy-6-fluoro-DIM, mannostatin A, or combinations thereof.
- Kifunensine can be used as an inhibitor of the endoplasmic reticulum mannosidase I and/or Golgi mannosidase IA and/or IB and/or IC; deoxymannojirimycin can be used as an inhibitor of ER mannosidase I, ER mannosidase II and/or of Golgi mannosidase IA and/or IB and/or IC; swainsonine can be used an inhibitor of Golgi mannosidase II; and mannostatin A can be used as an inhibitor of Golgi mannosidase II.
- Mannosidase inhibitor can inhibit the processing of a carbohydrate chain of GCB past a certain stage of mannose residue trimming during oligosaccharide assembly. For example, contacting a cell with kifunensine can inhibit trimming of any, or one, two, three, or four of the mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide.
- Processing ⁇ -mannosidases can be blocked by treatment of cells with one or more of the following enzyme inhibitors:
- mannosidase inhibitors can be selected by their ability to penetrate particular cell types as well as by the inhibitory potency of the mannosidase inhibitor.
- swainsonine is rapidly internalized by cultured fibroblasts in a time- and concentration-dependent manner.
- Swainsonine is also a potent inhibitor of a class 2 mannosidase, e.g., Golgi mannosidase II.
- swainsonine can be used to produce hmGCB in cultured fibroblasts, e.g., hmGCB having at least one carbohydrate chain which has at least four or five mannose residues of the precursor oligosaccharide.
- kifunensine is readily taken up by cultured fibroblasts and is a potent inhibitor of class 1 mannosidases, e.g., ER mannosidase I and Golgi mannosidase I.
- kifunensine can be used to produce hmGCB in cultured fibroblasts, e.g., hmGCB having at least one carbohydrate chain which has at least four, five, six, seven, eight or nine mannose residues of the precursor oligosaccharide.
- the mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration of 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml.
- a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml;
- a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml; each of the class 1 processing and class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors can be present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 10 ⁇ g/ml, 0.05 to 5 ⁇ g/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml; or the total concentration of the class 1 processing and class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors present can be between about 0.025 to 40.0 ⁇ g/m
- the cell can be contacted with a mannosidase inhibitor by, for example, culturing the cell on medium which includes at least one mannosidase inhibitor.
- Permanent or regulated inactivation of mannosidase gene expression can be achieved by targeting to a mannosidase locus with a transfected plasmid DNA construct or a synthetic oligonucleotide.
- the plasmid construct or oligonucleotide can be designed to several forms. These include the following: 1) insertion of selectable marker genes or other sequences within an exon of a mannosidase gene; 2) insertion of exogenous sequences in regulatory regions of non-coding sequence; 3) deletion or replacement of regulatory and/or coding sequences; and, 4) alteration of a protein coding sequence by site specific mutagenesis.
- a selectable marker gene In the case of insertion of a selectable marker gene into coding sequence, it is possible to create an in-frame fusion of an endogenous mannosidase exon with the mannosidase exon engineered to contain, for example, a selectable marker gene. In this way following successful targeting, the endogenous mannosidase gene expresses a fusion mRNA (mannosidase sequence plus selectable marker sequence). Moreover, the fusion mRNA would be unable to produce a functional mannosidase translation product.
- the transcription of a mannosidase gene can be silenced by disrupting the endogenous promoter region or any other regions in the 5' untranslated region (5' UTR) that is needed for transcription.
- regions include, for example, translational control regions and splice donors of introns.
- a new regulatory sequence can be inserted upstream of the mannosidase gene that would render the mannosidase gene subject to the control of extracellular factors. It would thus be possible to down-regulate or extinguish mannosidase gene expression as desired for optimal hmGCB production.
- a sequence which includes a selectable marker and a promoter can be used to disrupt expression of the endogenous sequence.
- all or part of the endogenous mannosidase gene could be deleted by appropriate design of targeting substrates.
- the genomic DNA comprising at least the 5' portion of the gene (including regulatory sequences, 5' UTR, coding sequence) is isolated.
- GenBank sequence Accession No.: NM005907 (human)
- AAF97058 can be used to generate a probe for Golgi mannosidase IB or IC using polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
- Oligonucleotides for PCR can be designated based upon the GenBank sequence.
- the resulting probe can hybridize to the single copy Golgi mannosidase IA, IB or IC gene.
- This probe can then be used to screen a commercially available recombinant phage library (e.g., a library made from human genomic DNA) to isolate a clone comprising all or part of the mannosidase I structural genes.
- a recombinant clone comprising a mannosidase regulatory and/or coding sequence is isolated, specific targeting plasmids designed to achieve the inactivation of mannosidase gene expression can then be constructed. Inactivation of mannosidase activity results from the insertion of exogenous DNA into regulatory or coding sequences to disrupt the translational reading frame. Inactivation of the enzyme can also be the result of disruption of mRNA transcription or mRNA processing, or by deletion of endogenous mannosidase regulatory or coding sequences.
- nucleic acid sequence of other class 1 and class 2 processing mannosidase are also available, for example, in GenBank. Using the methods described above for Golgi mannosidase IA, IB or IC, a knockout cell for other class 1 and/or class 2 processing mannosidases can be produced.
- a mannosidase knockout cell can be used, for example, in gene therapy.
- a knockout cell can be administered to a subject, e.g., a subject having Gaucher disease, such that the cell produces hmGCB in vivo.
- Nucleic acid molecules which are antisense to a nucleotide encoding a mannosidase can be used as an inactivating agent which inhibits expression of a mannosidase.
- a mannosidase e.g., a class 1 processing or class 2 processing mannosidase
- Golgi mannosidase IA, Golgi mannosidase IB, Golgi mannosidase IC, and/or Golgi mannosidase II expression can be inhibited by an antisense nucleic acid molecule.
- an “antisense” nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence which is complementary to a "sense" nucleic acid encoding a mannosidase, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence. Accordingly, an antisense nucleic acid can form hydrogen bonds with a sense nucleic acid.
- the antisense nucleic acid can be complementary to an entire mannosidase coding strand, or to only a portion thereof. For example, an antisense nucleic acid molecule which antisense to the "coding region" of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding a mannosidase can be used.
- the antisense nucleic acid molecule can comprise sequence complementary to the entire coding region of a mannosidase mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide which is complementary to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of a mannosidase mRNA.
- the antisense oligonucleotide can comprise sequence complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of a mannosidase mRNA.
- An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, or more nucleotides in length.
- An antisense nucleic acid can be constructed using chemical synthesis and enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art.
- an antisense nucleic acid e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide
- an antisense nucleic acid can be chemically synthesized using naturally occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used.
- modified nucleotides which can be used to generate the antisense nucleic acid include 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosylqueosine, 5'-methoxycar
- the antisense nucleic acid can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation relative to a target nucleic acid of interest.
- an antisense orientation i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation relative to a target nucleic acid of interest.
- hmGCB purified hmGCB, as used herein, refers to hmGCB that is substantially free of cellular material when produced by a cell which expresses GCB.
- substantially free of cellular material includes preparations of hmGCB in which the protein is separated from cellular components of the cells in which it is produced.
- the language "substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of hmGCB having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of non-GCB protein (also referred to herein as a "protein impurity” or "contaminating protein”), more preferably less than about 20% of non-GCB protein, still more preferably less than about 10% of non-GCB protein, and most preferably less than about 5% non-GCB protein.
- non-GCB protein also referred to herein as a "protein impurity” or "contaminating protein”
- contaminating protein also preferably substantially free of a component of the culture medium, i.e., components of the culture medium represent less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the dry weight of the protein preparation.
- harvested hmGCB refers to hmGCB obtained from culture media or from a cell.
- harvested hmGCB obtained from culture media or from a cell.
- one of the following alternatives can be used to prepare the harvested hmGCB prior to a purification procedure.
- These can include: 1) filtering the fresh harvest; 2) filtering the fresh harvest and freezing, e.g., at about -20°C to -80°C, the filtered product until ready for processing (at which time it can be thawed and, optionally, filtered); 3) filtering the fresh harvest, concentrating filtered product (e.g., by about 8 to 10 fold), and then, optionally, filtering again; 4) filtering the fresh harvest, concentrating filtered product (e.g., by about 8 to 10 fold), optionally, filtering again, and then freezing, e.g., at about-20°C to -80°C, until ready for processing (at which time it can be thawed and, optionally, filtered). Variations of these alternatives can also be performed.
- the harvested product or concentrated harvested product when the harvested product or concentrated harvested product is frozen, different harvests can be pooled after thawing and filtered.
- the product can be held at a cooling temperature, e.g., about 2°C to 8°C, for short periods of time, e.g., about 1 to 3 days, preferably 1 day, prior to purification.
- the harvested product held at the cooling temperature can be pooled prior to purification.
- an ultrafiltration membrane with a 5,000 to 50,000 mw cutoff, preferably a 10,000 to 30,000 mw cutoff, can be employed.
- Filter clarification will typically employ a 1.2 ⁇ m/0.5 ⁇ m prefilter, followed by a 0.2 ⁇ m final filter.
- HmGCB can be purified by the following purification techniques. For example, hydrophobic charge induction chromatography (HCIC) can be used to purify the hmGCB preparation. Alternatively, hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC) can be used to purify the hmGCB preparation. Both HCIC and HIC are described below.
- HCIC hydrophobic charge induction chromatography
- HIC hydrophobic interaction chromatography
- HCIC or HIC can be used alone or in combination with one or more ion exchange steps.
- Ion exchange steps that can be used in combination with an HCIC or HIC step include the use of anion exchange and/or cation exchange chromatography.
- anion exchange supports used in the purification of proteins bear quaternary ammonium functional groups.
- Preferred matrices for use in the present process are agarose or cellulose based matrices such as microcrystalline cellulose or cross-linked agaroses. Also particularly preferred are those matrices bearing diethyl aminoethyl, triethyl aminomethyl, or trimethyl aminomethyl functional groups.
- a particularly preferred anion exchange matrix is trimethyl aminomethyl crosslinked agarose, which is commercially available, e.g., Q-Sepharose Fast Flow® (Pharmacia).
- cation exchange supports that may be used in the purification of proteins bear acidic functionalities, including carboxy and sulfonic acids.
- Matrices containing the cation functionalities include various forms of celluloses and polystyrene based matrices.
- weak cation exchangers known in the art include, but are not limited to, Carboxymethyl-Sepharose® and Carboxymethyl-Cellulose®.
- Strong cation exchangers known in the art include, but are not limited to, sulfonated polystyrenes (AG 50W®, Bio-Rex 70®), sulfonated celluloses (SP-Sephadex®), and sulfonated Sepharoses (S-Sepharose®).
- a particularly preferred cation exchange matrix is S-Sepharose Fast Flow® (Pharmacia).
- the chromatographic step involving these matrices is most preferably conducted as a column chromatography step or in alternative a batch absorptive technique, which optionally can be performed at a temperature between 25°C to 40°C.
- a salt is added to a washing or eluting buffer to increase the ionic strength of the buffer. Any of the salts conventionally used may be employed for this purpose as can be readily determined by one skilled in the art, with NaCl being one of the most frequently and conveniently used salts.
- a conventional gel filtration step can also be used in combination with the HCIC or HIC chromatography process step.
- Representative examples of these matrices are polydextrans cross linked with acrylamides, such as composite hydrophilic gels prepared by covalently cross linking allyl dextran with N, N'-methylene bisacrylamide and crosslinked cellulose or agarose gels.
- acrylamides such as composite hydrophilic gels prepared by covalently cross linking allyl dextran with N, N'-methylene bisacrylamide and crosslinked cellulose or agarose gels.
- Commercially available crosslinked dextran-acrylamides are known under the trade name Sephacryl® and are available from Pharmacia.
- Commercially available crosslinked dextran-agarose resins are known under the trade name Superdex®, available from Pharmacia.
- a preferred Superdex® gel is Superdex 200®.
- crosslinked cellulose gels are those commercially available cross linking porous cellulose gels, e.g., GLC 300® or GLC 1,000® that are available from Amicon Inc.
- Silica based resins such as TSK-Gel SW®, available from TosoHaas can be utilized.
- Polymer based resins such as TSK-Gel PW®, TSK Alpha Series®, Toyopearl HW packings® (copolymerization of ethylene glycol and methyl acrylate polymers) are also available from TosoHaas.
- HCIC or HIC can be combined with one or more of these ion exchange steps.
- a combination of HCIC or HIC and various ion exchange or gel filtration steps are used, they can be performed in any order.
- a four step procedure can be followed which includes HCIC using MEP Hypercel® chromatography or HIC using MacroPrep Methyl® chromatography, then Q Sepharose Fast Flow@, SP Sepharose Fast Flow@ and lastly Superdex 200®.
- MEP mercaptoethylpyridine
- Hypercel® BioSepra, Life Technologies
- MEP mercaptoethylpyridine
- Hypercel® BioSepra, Life Technologies
- prepared harvest or harvest concentrate can be applied directly to the MEP column equilibrated with 25 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.8, containing 180 mM sodium chloride and 2 mM DTT.
- the column can then be washed with equilibration buffer containing 25 mM sodium caprylate until the absorbance at 280 nm (A280) stabilizes.
- the hmGCB can be eluted from the column with 50mM sodium acetate, 2 mM DTT, pH 4.7, and the peak as monitored at 280 nm can be collected.
- MacroPrep Methyl® which is a hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC) resin.
- HIC hydrophobic interaction chromatography
- This resin consists of a methyl functional group attached to a bead composition of macroporous co-polymerized glycol methacrylate and diethylene glycol dimethacrylate.
- MacroPrep Methyl® (BioRad) chromatography can be performed as follows. The pH of the harvest or harvest concentrate is adjusted to 5.6, and ammonium sulfate is added to 0.70 M final concentration.
- the prepared harvest can be applied to the MacroPrep Methyl® column, which has been equilibrated in 0.70 M ammonium sulfate, 10 mM MES, pH 5.6. After application of the load, the column is washed with equilibrated buffer until the A280 returns to baseline.
- the hmGCB can be eluted with 10 mM MES, pH 5.6.
- the eluted hmGCB can be ultrafiltered and/or diafiltered in preparation for steps such as an ion exchange step such as Q Sepharose chromatography, SP Sepharose chromatography and/or Superdex 200 Chromatography.
- Q Sepharose Fast Flow@ is a relatively strong anion exchange chromatography resin.
- the functional substitutent is a quaternary amine group, which is positively charged over the working pH range of 2 to 12. Proteins with a net negative charge at the working pH will tend to bind to the resin at a relatively low ionic strength and can be eluted at higher ionic strength or lower pH.
- HmGCB does not bind to Q Sepharose at approximately pH 6 and low ionic strength, but impurities do bind, thereby purifying the sample.
- the following protocol can be used to purify hmGCB in the sample by Q Sepharose Fast Flow® chromatography.
- hmGCB flows through this column, so the product is found in the flowthrough/wash fraction.
- Sodium phosphate 250 mM, pH 6) is added to the MEP elution pool prepared as described above to a final concentration of 25 mM, and the pH of the pool is adjusted to pH 6 with NaOH (and HCl if necessary).
- the conductivity is adjusted to 2.5 ⁇ 0.1 mS/cm by dilution with water or by ultrafiltration/diafiltration using 25 mM sodium phosphate, 2 mM DTT, at approximately pH 6.
- the material is then filtered and applied to a column of Q Sepharose Fast Flow® which has been equilibrated in 25 mM sodium phosphate, 2 mM DTT, pH 6.0. After application of the load, the column is washed with equilibration buffer until the A280 reaches baseline.
- the flowthrough/wash fraction can then be processed through another column, e.g., SP Sepharose Fast Flow@ column, shortly thereafter, e.g., within 24 hours, or frozen and stored at about -20°C to -80°C prior to further processing.
- the column is equilibrated in buffer, e.g., 25 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.
- buffer e.g. 25 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.
- the pH of the sample is adjusted to pH 6 and the conductivity is adjusted by dilution or diafiltration to a relatively low ionic strength, which allows impurities to bind to the column and hmGCB to flow through.
- the sample is applied and the column is washed with equilibration buffer. Impurities are still bound to the column, and can be eluted with application of salt, e.g., sodium chloride or potassium chloride, or application of a lower pH buffer, or a combination of increased salt and lower pH.
- salt e.g., sodium chloride or potassium chloride
- the hmGCB can also be allowed to bind the anion exchange column during loading by decreasing the salt concentration in the load or by running the column at a higher pH, or by a combination of both decreased salt and higher pH.
- SP Sepharose Fast Flow@ is a relatively strong cation exchange chromatography resin.
- the functional substitutent is a charged sulfonic acid group, which is negatively charged over a working pH range of 2 to 12. Proteins with a net positive charge at the working pH will tend to bind to the resin at a relatively low ionic strength and can be eluted at higher ionic strength or higher pH.
- HmGCB binds to SP Sepharose at approximately pH 6 and intermediate ionic strength (e.g., 6.5 mS/cm) and can be eluted at higher ionic strength (e.g., 10.7 mS/cm).
- Impurity proteins remain bound to SP Sepharose under conditions of hmGCB elution, thereby purifying the hmGCB in the sample.
- the following protocol can be used to purify hmGCB by SP Sepharose Fast Flow® chromatography.
- Sodium chloride 2.0 M stock
- the pH is checked and readjusted to pH 6.0 if necessary.
- addition of sodium chloride stock is continued until the conductivity is 6.5 mS/cm.
- the material is filtered and applied to a column of SP Sepharose Fast Flow@, which has been equilibrated with 25 mM sodium phosphate, 44 mM sodium chloride, pH 6.0. After application of the load, the column is washed with equilibration buffer until the baseline is reached and eluted with 25 mM sodium phosphate, 84 mM sodium chloride, pH 6.0. HmGCB is found in the elution fraction.
- Another cation exchange resin e.g., Source 30S® (Pharmacia), CM Sepharose Fast Flow@ (Pharmacia), Macro-Prep CM Support® (BioRad) or Macro-Prep High S Support® (BioRad), can be used as an alternative to SP Sepharose.
- the hmGCB can bind to the column at approximately pH 6 and low to intermediate ionic strength, such as 4 to 7 mS/cm.
- a buffer e.g., 10 mM sodium citrate, pH 6.0, 10 mM MES, pH 6.0, 25 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.0, or other buffer with adequate buffering capacity at pH 6.0 can be used to equilibrate the column.
- the ionic strength of the sample is adjusted by dilution or diafiltration to a level which will accommodate binding to the column.
- the sample is applied to the column and the column is washed after the load to remove unbound material.
- a salt e.g., sodium chloride or potassium chloride, can be used to elute the hmGCB from the column.
- the hmGCB can be eluted from the column with a buffer of higher pH or a combination of higher salt concentration and higher pH.
- the hmGCB can also be made to flow through the cation exchange column during loading by increasing the salt concentration in the equilibration buffer and in the sample load, by running the column at a higher pH or by a combination of both increased salt and higher pH.
- Superdex 200 prep grade® (Amersham Pharmacia) is used for size exclusion chromatography of hmGCB, whereby molecules are separated by size, molecular mass, strokes radius or hydrodynamic volume.
- Superdex 200 is composed of dextran covalently cross linked to agarose and has a fractionation range of 10,000 to 60,000 molecular weight for globular proteins.
- the following protocol can be used to purify hmGCB by Superdex 200® chromatography.
- the SP elution pool is concentrated by ultrafiltration using a 10,000 mw cutoff membrane.
- the concentrated pool is filtered, then applied to a Superdex 200 prep grade® column which has been equilibrated in 50 mM sodium citrate, pH 6.0.
- the A280 of the column effluent in the initial fractions is collected and, for example, an 8 to 16% SDS polyacrylamide gel is run to determine pooling of fractions. Pooling may be decided based on visual inspection of the silver-stained gel.
- hmGCB size exclusion chromatography resins
- the buffer used for size exclusion chromatography of hmGCB is 50 mM sodium citrate, pH 6.0.
- Other buffers can also be used such as 25 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.0 containing 0.15 M sodium chloride.
- the pH of the buffer can be between pH 5 and pH 7 and should have sufficient ionic strength to minimize ionic interactions with the column.
- Variations of pH, buffer and/or salt concentration in any of the purification protocols described above can be performed by routine methods to achieve the desired purified product.
- the uptake efficiency of hmGCB by macrophages can be determined by assaying, e.g., protein levels and/or enzyme activity in macrophages. For example, as described in the Examples below and in Diment et al. (1987) J. Leukocyte Biol. 42:485-490 , an in vitro assay using a macrophage cell line can be used to determine absolute and mannose receptor specific uptake of hmGCB.
- liver cells in vivo comparison of uptake of hmGCB and GCB by liver cells can be determined as described, for example, in Friedman et al. (1999) Blood 93:2807-2816 . Briefly a mouse model can be injected with hmGCB or GCB, and then sacrificed shortly thereafter. The liver of the animal can then be used to prepare a suspension of liver cells, e.g., parenchymal cells, Kupffer cells, endothelial cells and hepatocytes. The cells can then be separated, identified by morphology and the protein levels and/or enzymatic activity of hmGCB and GCB in the various liver cell types can be determined. Alternatively, immunohistochemical detection maybe be used to localize hmGCB to a specific cell or cell type in tissue of treated animals.
- liver cells e.g., parenchymal cells, Kupffer cells, endothelial cells and hepatocytes.
- the cells can then be separated, identified by morph
- High mannose glucocerebrosidase can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to a subject, e.g., a human.
- the composition can include a sufficient dosage of hmGCB to treat a subject having Gaucher disease.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intended to include any and all solvents, excipients, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and adsorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration.
- the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, such media can be used in the compositions of the invention. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
- a pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
- routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, and subcutaneous administration.
- the route of administration is intravenous.
- Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
- the parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable sy
- compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders, e.g., lyophilized preparations, for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
- suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor ELTM (BASF, Parsippany, NJ) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
- the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
- the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
- the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
- Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
- isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
- Prolonged stability of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays adsorption, for example, aluminum monostearate, human serum albumin and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the hmGCB in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
- dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
- the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying, e.g., lyophilization, which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
- a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
- Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
- the materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
- Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811 .
- HmGCB e.g., any hmGCB molecule or preparation described herein
- any mannosidase knockout cell described herein can be introduced into a subject having Gaucher disease to deliver hmGCB to the subject.
- Various routed of administration and various sites can be used. Once implanted in individual, the knockout cell can produce hmGCB.
- the knockout cells used will generally be patient-specific genetically engineered cells. It is possible, however, to obtain cells form another individual of the same species or form a different species. Use of such cells might require administration of an immunosuppressant, alteration of histocompatibility antigens, or use of a barrier device to prevent rejection of the implanted cells.
- Gaucher disease is an autosomal recessive lysosomal storage disorder characterized by a deficiency in the lysosomal enzyme, glucocerebrosidase (GCB).
- GCB glucocerebrosidase hydrolyzes the glycolipid glucocerebroside that is formed after degradation of glycosphingolipids in the membranes of white blood cells and red blood cells. If GCB hydrolysis is insufficient then glucocerebroside can accumulate in macrophages (Gaucher cells), causing anemia, thrombocytopenia, organomegaly and major bone problems.
- Gaucher disease There are several types of Gaucher disease including Gaucher type 1, type 2 and type 3, which can arise due to various mutations in the GCB gene.
- a "therapeutically effective amount" of hmGCB i.e., a dosage of hmGCB sufficient to treat Gaucher disease, can be given to a subject having this disorder.
- the term “treat” as used herein refers to reducing or inhibiting one or more symptoms of Gaucher disease.
- Symptoms of Gaucher disease type I include: skeletal complications such as bone pain, bone lesions, osteopenia, osteonecrosis, avascular necrosis and pathological fractures; anemia; hepatosplenomegaly; splenic nodules and liver dysfunction; thrombocytopenia; and/or delayed growth and pubertal development.
- Symptoms of Gaucher disease type II include the symptoms of Gaucher type I as well as neck rigidity, apathy, catatonia, strabismus, increased deep reflex and laryngeal spasm.
- Symptoms of Gaucher disease type III are similar to Gaucher type II except milder and later in onset.
- a therapeutically effective amount of hmGCB can be determined on an individual basis and will be based, at least in part, on consideration of the size of the patient, the agent used, the type of delivery system used, the time of administration relative to the severity of the disease, and whether a single, multiple, or a controlled release dose regimen is employed.
- the dosage of hmGCB sufficient to treat Gaucher disease is less than the dosage of human tissue derived or human placenta derived GCB, or GCB produced by cells in vitro and then trimmed to expose core mannose residues.
- the invention described herein can be used to produce proteins for targeting any cells that express mannose receptors on their surface.
- the invention described herein can be used to treat any disorder in which it is desirable to target a protein for treatment to a mannose receptor-expressing cell.
- the invention described herein can also be applied to other lysosomal storage enzymes and other lysosomal storage diseases in which cells, e.g., the cells of reticuloendothelial origin, accumulate undigested substrate.
- Reticuloendothelial cells include macrophages, Kupffer cells in the liver and histiocytes in the spleen.
- Such lysosomal storage diseases include, but are not limited to, Farber disease and Neimann-Pick disease.
- Farber disease is an autosomal recessive lysosomal storage disorder characterized by a deficiency in acid ceramidase. Ceramidases are enzymes responsible for degradation of ceramide. If ceramide degradation is insufficient then ceramide accumulates leading to granuloma formation and histiocytic response. ( Moser, H.W. Ceramidase deficiency: Farber lipogranulomatosis; In: The Metabolic and Molecular Basis of Inherited Disease (C.R. Scriver, A.L. Beaudet, W.S. Sly and D. Valle, Eds.), Seventh edition, pp. 2589-2599, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York (1995 ))
- Farber disease There are several types of Farber disease including Farber type 1, type 2, type 3, type 4, and type 5 which differ in severity and sites of major tissue involvement. There is also type 6 and type 7 Farber disease. High mannose acid ceramidase can be given to a subject having Farber disease to treat, i.e., alleviate or reduce at least one symptom, of the disease. Symptoms of Farber disease type 1 include: swelling of the joints (particularly the interphalangeal, metacarpal, ankle, wrist, knee and elbow), palpable nodules in relation to the affected joints and over pressure points, a hoarse cry that may progress to aphonia, feeding and respiratory difficulty, poor weight gain and intermittent fever. The symptoms usually occur between ages two weeks and four months.
- Symptoms of Farber type 2 and type 3 include: subcutaneous nodulaes, joint deformities, and laryngeal involvement. These subjects survive longer than subjects having Farber type 1.
- Farber disease type 5 symptoms include psychomotor deterioration beginning at one to two and half years of age.
- Neimann-Pick disease type A and type B are an autosomal recessive lysosomal storage disorder characterized by a deficiency acid sphingomyelinase.
- Acid sphingomyelinase is an enzyme responsible for degradation of sphingomyelin. If sphingomyelinase is deficient, sphingomyelin and other lipids can accumulate in the monocyte-macrophage system.
- Schuman, E.H. and Desnick, R.J. Neimann-Pick Disease types A and B acid sphingomyelinase deficiencies; In: The Metabolic and Molecular Basis of Inherited Disease (C.R. Scriver, A.L. Beaudet, W.S. Sly and D. Valle, Eds.), Seventh edition, pp. 2589-2599, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York (1995 ))
- Neimann-Pick disease There are several types of Neimann-Pick disease including type A and type B.
- High mannose acid sphingomyelinase can be given to a subject having Neimann-Pick disease to treat, i.e., alleviate or reduce at least one symptom, of the disease.
- Symptoms of Neimann-Pick disease type A include: enlargement of the spleen and liver, lymphadenopathy, microcytic anemia, decreased platelet count, hypotonia, muscular weakness, psychomotor retardation.
- Symptoms of Neimann-Pick type B include: enlargement of the liver and/or spleen, heptoslenomegaly; pulmonary compromise.
- high mannose lysosomal storage enzymes such as high mannose acid ceramidase or high mannose acid spingomyelinase can be produced by the methods described herein in order to target these proteins to mannose receptor-expressing cells.
- HT-1080 cells producing GA-GCB were plated in duplicate 6-well plates and the Production Medium adjusted to the following concentrations of kifunensine or swainsonine: 0 (no drug), 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 1, and 2 ⁇ g/mL. The medium was harvested and the cells refed every 24 hours for three days. The samples from the third day were subjected to isoelectric focusing (IEF) analysis. The effect of kifunensine and swainsonine on the molecular charge of GA-GCB is shown by the IEF analysis. With both drugs, a concentration dependent increase in the apparent isoelectric point (pI) was observed, with kifunensine causing a much larger shift in pI than swainsonine at the highest concentration tested (2 ⁇ g/mL).
- IEF isoelectric focusing
- Ten roller bottles (surface area, 1700 cm 2 each) were seeded in Growth Medium (DMEM with 10% calf serum) with HT-1080 cells producing GA-GCB. Following two weeks of growth, the medium was aspirated and 200 mL of fresh Production Medium (DMEM/F12, 0% calf serum) was added to three sets of roller bottles. Two sets of 4 roller bottles were treated with 1 ⁇ g/mL of either kifunensine or swainsonine. The third group of two roller bottles received no drug treatment. After approximately 24 hours, the medium from each roller bottle was harvested, pooled and a sample taken for GA-GCB enzymatic activity analysis. This procedure was repeated for seven days.
- DMEM Growth Medium
- HT-1080 cells producing GA-GCB
- reaction is stopped by the addition of NaOH/Glycine buffer. Fluorescence is quantified by the use of a fluorescence spectrophotometer.
- Specific activity 2,500 Units/mg. One unit is defined as the conversion of 1 ⁇ Mole of substrate in 1 hour at 37°C.
- GA-GCB produced in HT-1080 cells was used in an in vitro assay to determine uptake efficiency in a mouse macrophage cell line.
- the specific objective of the experiment was to determine the absolute and mannose receptor-specific uptake of GA-GCB in mouse J774E cells.
- J774E cells were plated at 50,000 cells/cm 2 in 12 well plates in Growth Medium.
- 0.5 mL of Production Medium (DMEM/F12), 0% calf serum) containing 50 nM vitamin D3 (1,2-5, Dihydroxy vitamin D3) was added to the cells.
- Unpurified GA-GCB (from harvest 4, Table 1) was added to the test wells at a final concentration of 10 ⁇ g/mL in the presence or absence of 2 ⁇ g/mL mannan (a competitor for the mannose receptor).
- Three different forms of GA-GCB were used: GA-GCB from cells treated with kifunensine (1 ⁇ g/mL), GA-GCB from cells treated with swainsonine (1 ⁇ g/mL), and GA-GCB (1 ⁇ g/mL) from untreated cells. Control wells received no GA-GCB.
- enzyme substrate 4-methylumbelliferyl- ⁇ -D-glucopyranoside
- HmGCB was purified from the culture medium of human fibroblasts grown in the presence of kifunensine at a concentration of 2 ⁇ g/ml.
- the four N-linked glycans present on hmGCB were released by peptide N-glycosidase F and purified using a Sep-pak C18 cartridge.
- Oligosaccharides eluting in the 5% acetic acid fraction were permethylated using sodium hydroxide and methyl iodide, dissolved in methanol:water (80:20), and portions of the permethylated glycan mixture were analyzed by matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight mass spectroscopy (MALDI-TOF-MS).
- the most abundant high mannose glycans present are Man 9 GlcNAc 2 and Man8GlcNAc 2 , with decreasing abundances of Man 7 GlcNAC 2 , Man 6 GlcNAc 2 , and Man 5 GlcNAc 2 .
- a trace amount of a fucosylated biantennary complex glycan containing two sialic acid residues was observed.
- An approximate indication of the relative abundancy of each glycan is obtained by measuring the peak heights. See Table 3.
- a more accurate assessment of the average chain length of the high mannose glycans was obtained by MALDI-TOF-MS analysis of the intact glycoprotein.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Enzymes And Modification Thereof (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- Gaucher disease is an autosomal recessive lysosomal storage disorder characterized by a deficiency in the lysosomal enzyme, glucocerebrosidase (GCB). GCB hydrolyzes the glycolipid glucocerebroside that is formed after degradation of glycosphingolipids in the membranes of white blood cells and red blood cells. The deficiency in this enzyme causes glucocerebroside to accumulate in large quantities in the lysosomes of phagocytic cells located in the liver, spleen and bone marrow of Gaucher patients. Accumulation of these molecules causes a range of clinical manifestations including splenomegaly, hepatomegaly, skeletal disorder, thrombocytopenia and anemia. (Beutler et al. Gaucher disease; In: The Metabolic and Molecular Bases of Inherited Disease (McGraw-Hill, Inc, New York, 1995) pp.2625-2639)
- Treatments for patients suffering from this disease include administration of analgesics for relief of bone pain, blood and platelet transfusions and, in some cases, splenectomy. Joint replacement is sometimes necessary for patients who experience bone erosion.
- Enzyme replacement therapy with GCB has been used as a treatment for Gaucher disease. Current treatment of patients with Gaucher disease includes administration of a carbohydrate remodeled GCB derived from human placenta or Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells transfected with a GCB expression construct and known as alglucerase or imiglucerase, respectively. The treatment is extremely expensive in part because of the cost of removing sugars from GCB to expose the trimannosyl core of complex glycans in order to target the enzyme to mannose receptors on cells of reticuloendothelial origin. The scarcity of the human placental tissue (in the case of alglucerase), complex purification protocols, and the relatively large amounts of the carbohydrate remodeled GCB required all contribute to the cost of the treatment.
- The invention is based, in part, on the discovery that by preventing removal of one or more mannose residues distal from the pentasaccharide core of a precursor oligosaccharide chain of a protein, e.g., a lysosomal storage enzyme, a high mannose protein such as high mannose glucocerebrosidase (hmGCB) can be obtained. These high mannose proteins can be used to target the protein to cells which express mannose receptors. Such cells can include cells of reticuloendothelial origin including macrophages, Kupffer cells and histiocytes. Thus, these high mannose proteins can be used, for example, to target delivery by receptor mediated endocytosis to lysosomes to treat various lysosomal storage diseases.
- In particular, hmGCB has been found to efficiently target mannose receptors. Mannose receptors are present on macrophages and other cells, e.g., dendritic cells, cardiomyocytes and glial cells, and are instrumental in receptor-mediated endocytosis. The absence of GCB in patients with Gaucher disease leads to accumulation of glucocerebroside, primarily in cells of reticuloendothelial origin including macrophages, Kupffer cells and histiocytes. Because these cells express mannose receptors on their surface, hmGCB can be used to effectively target delivery of a corrective enzyme to the lysosomes through receptor-mediated endocytosis, thereby treating Gaucher disease. Surprisingly, it was found that hmGCB uptake by macrophages was increased as compared to uptake of GCB secreted from cells.
- Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention features a method of producing a preparation of high mannose glucocerebrosidase (hmGCB). The method includes:
- providing a cell which is capable of expressing GCB; and
- allowing production of GCB having a precursor oligosaccharide under conditions which prevent the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, to thereby produce an hmGCB preparation.
- In a preferred embodiment, the GCB is human GCB. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is a human cell.
- In a preferred embodiment, the removal of: one or more α 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; an
α 1,3 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; and/or anα 1,6 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented. Preferably, the removal of one or more α 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented. - In a preferred embodiment, the method can include contacting the cell with a substance which prevents the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, e.g., prevents removal of one or more α 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core, an
α 1,3 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core and/or anα 1,6 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core. Preferably, the removal of one or more α 1,2 mannose(s) residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented. - In a preferred embodiment, the method includes contacting the cell with a substance which prevents the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, wherein the substance is a mannosidase inhibitor. The mannosidase inhibitor can be a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor, a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor or both. The class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be one or more of: kifunensine, deoxymannojirimycin, or a similar inhibitor. Preferably, the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is kifunensine. Useful class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors can include one or more of: swainsonine, mannostatin, 6-deoxy-1, 4-dideoxy-1,4-imino-D-mannitol (6-deoxy-DIM), and 6-deoxy-6-fluoro-1, 4-dideoxy-1, 4-imino-D-mannitol (6-deoxy-6-fluoro-DIM). Preferably, the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is swainsonine.
- In a preferred embodiment, a mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml.
- In a preferred embodiment, the method further includes contacting the cell with a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor and a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor. In a preferred embodiment, the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml; the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml; each of the class 1 processing and class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors are present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml; the total concentration of the class 1 processing and class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors present is between about 0.025 to 40.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 20 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 4.0 µg/ml.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell carries a mutation for, e.g., a knockout for, at least one Golgi processing mannosidase. The mutation can be one which reduces the expression of the gene, reduces protein or activity levels, or alters the distribution or other post translational modifications of the mannosidase, e.g., the processing of the carbohydrate chains. The mutation can be one which reduces the level of the Golgi processing mannosidase activity, e.g., one which reduces gene expression, e.g., a null mutation, e.g., a deletion, a frameshift or an insertion. In a preferred embodiment the mutation is a knockout, e.g., in the mannosidase gene. The mutation can affect the structure (and activity of the protein), and can, e.g., be a temperature sensitive mutation or a truncation. In a preferred embodiment, the cell carries a mutation, e.g., a knockout, for: a class 1 processing mannosidase; a class 2 processing mannosidase; a class 1 processing mannosidase and a class 2 processing mannosidase. In a preferred embodiment, the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; or combinations thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell includes a nucleic acid sequence, such as an antisense molecule or ribozyme, which can bind to or inactivate a cellular mannosidase nucleic acid sequence, e.g., mRNA, and inhibit expression of the protein. In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid sequence is: a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule; a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule; both a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule and a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule. In a preferred embodiment, the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; and combinations thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell includes a molecule, e.g., an exogenously supplied molecule, which binds and inhibits a mannosidase. The molecule can be, e.g., a single chain antibody, an intracellular protein or a competitive or non-competitive inhibitor.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hmGCB molecule includes a carbohydrate chain having at least four mannose residues. For example, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having five mannose residues, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having six mannose residues, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having seven mannose residues, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having eight mannose residues, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having nine mannose residues. Preferably, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having five, eight or nine mannose residues.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hmGCB produced (either one or more hmGCB molecules or the preparation as a whole) has a ratio of mannose residues to GlcNAc residues which is greater than 3 mannose residues to 2 GlcNAc residues, preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 4:2, 5:2, 6:2, 7:2, 8:2, 9:2, more preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 5:2, 8:2 or 9:2.
- In a preferred embodiment, the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented on one, two, three or four of the carbohydrate chains of an hmGCB molecule.
- In a preferred embodiment, at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or all of the hmGCB molecules of the preparation have at least one, and preferably two, three or four carbohydrate chains in which the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core has been prevented.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hmGCB preparation is a relatively heterogeneous preparation. Preferably, less than 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5% or 1% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have the same number of mannose residues in addition to the pentasaccharide core. For example, the ratio of carbohydrate chains having the same number of mannose resides in addition to the pentasaccharide core to carbohydrate chains having a different number of mannose residues can be about: 60%:40%; 50%:50%; 40%:60%; 30%:70%; 25%:75%; 20%:80%; 15%:85%; 10%:90%; 5% or less:95% or more.
- In a preferred embodiment, activity of Golgi mannosidase IA and/or IB and/or IC is inhibited and at least about 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or 100% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have five or more mannose residues, e.g., five, six, seven, eight and/or nine mannose residues. In a preferred embodiment, activity of Golgi mannosidase I is inhibited and the ratio of carbohydrate chains having five or more mannose residues to carbohydrate chains having four or less mannose residues is about 60%:40%; 70%:30%; 75%:25%; 80%:20%; 85%:15%; 90%:10%; 95%:5%; 99%:1%; or 100%:0%.
- In a preferred embodiment, activity of Golgi mannosidase II is inhibited and at least about 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or 100% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have five or more mannose residues, e.g., five, six, seven, eight and/or nine mannose residues. In a preferred embodiment, activity of Golgi mannosidase II is inhibited and the ratio of carbohydrate chains having five or more mannose residues to carbohydrate chains having four or less mannose residues is about 60%:40%; 70%:30%; 75%:25%; 80%:20%; 85%:15%; 90%:10%; 95%:5%; 99%:1%; or 100%:0%.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell includes an exogenous nucleic acid sequence which includes a GCB coding region. In a preferred embodiment, the cell further includes a regulatory sequence, an endogenous or exogenous regulatory sequence, which functions to regulate expression of the exogenous GCB coding region.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell includes an exogenous regulatory sequence which functions to regulate expression of an endogenous GCB coding sequence, e.g., the regulatory sequence is integrated into the genome of the cell such that it regulates expression of an endogenous GCB coding sequence.
- In a preferred embodiment, the regulatory sequence includes one or more of: a promoter, an enhancer, an upstream activating sequence (UAS), a scaffold-attachment region or a transcription factor-binding site. In a preferred embodiment, the regulatory sequence includes: a regulatory sequence from a metallothionein-I gene, e.g., a mouse metallothionein-I gene, a regulatory sequence from an SV-40 gene, a regulatory sequence from a cytomegalovirus gene, a regulatory sequence from a collagen gene, a regulatory sequence from an actin gene, a regulatory sequence from an immunoglobulin gene, a regulatory sequence from the HMG-CoA reductase gene, or a regulatory sequence from the EF-1α gene.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell is: a eukaryotic cell. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is of fungal, plant or animal origin, e.g., vertebrate origin. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is: a mammalian cell, e.g., a primary or secondary mammalian cell, e.g., a fibroblast, a hematopoietic stem cell, a myoblast, a keratinocyte, an epithelial cell, an endothelial cell, a glial cell, a neural cell, a cell comprising a formed element of the blood, a muscle cell and precursors of these somatic cells; a transformed or immortalized cell line. Preferably, the cell is a human cell. Examples of immortalized human cell lines useful in the present method include, but are not limited to: a Bowes Melanoma cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 9607), a Daudi cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 213), a HeLa cell and a derivative of a HeLa cell (ATCC Accession Nos. CCL2 CCL2.1 and CCL 2.2), a HL-60 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 240), an HT-1080 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 121), a Jurkat cell (ATCC Accession No. TIB 152), a KB carcinoma cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 17), a K-562 leukemia cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 243), a MCF-7 breast cancer cell (ATCC Accession No. BTH 22), a MOLT-4 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1582), a Namalwa cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 1432), a Raji cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 86), a RPMI 8226 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 155), a U-937 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1593), WI-28VA13 sub line 2R4 cells (ATCC Accession No. CLL 155), a CCRF-CEM cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 119) and a 2780AD ovarian carcinoma cell (Van Der Blick et al., Cancer Res. 48:5927-5932, 1988), as well as heterohybridoma cells produced by fusion of human cells and cells of another species. In another embodiment, the immortalized cell line can be cell line other than a human cell line, e.g., a CHO cell line, a COS cell line. In another embodiment, the cell can be a from a clonal cell strain or clonal cell line.
- In a preferred embodiment, a population of cells which are capable of expressing hmGCB is provided, and at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or all of the cells produce hmGCB molecules with at least one carbohydrate chain, and preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having the specified number of mannose residues.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell is cultured in culture medium which includes at least one mannosidase inhibitor. In a preferred embodiment, the method further includes obtaining the hmGCB from the medium in which the cell is cultured.
- In another aspect, the invention features a method of producing a preparation of hmGCB. The method includes:
- providing a cell which is capable of expressing GCB; and
- allowing production of GCB having a precursor oligosaccharide under conditions which inhibit class 1 processing mannosidase activity and class 2 processing mannosidase activity such that the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB is prevented, to thereby produce an hmGCB preparation.
- In a preferred embodiment, the GCB is human GCB. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is a human cell.
- In a preferred embodiment, the removal of: one or more α 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; an
α 1,3 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; and/or anα 1,6 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented. Preferably, the removal of one or more α 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented. - In a preferred embodiment, the method can include: contacting the cell with a substance which inhibits a class 1 processing mannosidase activity and a substance which inhibits a class 2 processing mannosidase activity thereby preventing the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB. In a preferred embodiment, the substances prevent removal of one or more α 1,2 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core.
- In a preferred embodiment, the method includes contacting the cell with a substance which inhibits a class 1 processing mannosidase activity and a substance which inhibits a class 2 processing mannosidase activity, wherein the substances are a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor and a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor. In a preferred embodiment, the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be one or more of:
- kifunensine, deoxymannojirimycin, or a similar inhibitor. Preferably, the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is kifunensine. In a preferred embodiment, the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be one or more of: swainsonine, mannostatin, 6-deoxy-DIM, and
- 6-deoxy-6-fluoro-DIM. Preferably, the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is swainsonine.
- In a preferred embodiment, a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml; a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml; each of the class 1 processing and class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors are present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml; the total concentration of the class 1 processing and class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors present is between about 0.025 to 40.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 20 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 4.0 µg/ml.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell carries a mutation for, e.g., a knockout for, a class 1 mannosidase and a class 2 mannosidase. The mutation can be one which reduces the expression of the gene, reduces protein or activity levels, or alters the distribution or other post translational modifications of the mannosidase, e.g., the processing of the carbohydrate chains. The mutation can be one which reduces the level of a class 1 processing mannosidase and/or a class 2 processing mannosidase activity, e.g., one which reduces gene expression, e.g., a null mutation, e.g., a deletion, a frameshift, or an insertion. In a preferred embodiment, the mutation is a knockout in the mannosidase gene. The mutation can affect the structure (and activity of the protein), and can, e.g., be a temperature sensitive mutant. In a preferred embodiment, the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; combinations thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell includes both a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule and a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule. In a preferred embodiment, the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; combinations thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell includes a molecule, e.g., an exogenously supplied molecule, which binds and inhibits a mannosidase. The molecule can be, e.g., a single chain antibody, an intracellular protein or a competitive or non-competitive inhibitor.
- In a preferred embodiment, the class 1 processing mannosidase activity and the class 2 mannosidase activity can be inhibited by different mechanisms. For example, a class 1 processing mannosidase activity can be inhibited by contacting the cell with a substrate which inhibits a class 1 processing mannosidase, e.g., a class 1 mannosidase inhibitor, and the class 2 processing mannosidase can be inhibited by using a cell which is a knockout of a class 2 mannosidase and/or includes a class 2 mannosidase antisense molecule. In another preferred embodiment, a class 2 processing mannosidase activity can be inhibited by contacting the cell with a substrate which inhibits a class 2 processing mannosidase, e.g., a class 2 mannosidase inhibitor, and the class 1 processing mannosidase can be inhibited by using a cell which is a knockout of a class 1 mannosidase and/or includes a class 1 mannosidase antisense molecule.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hmGCB molecule includes a carbohydrate chain having at least four mannose residues. For example, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having five mannose residues, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having six mannose residues, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having seven mannose residues, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having eight mannose residues, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having nine mannose residues. Preferably, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having five, eight or nine mannose residues.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hmGCB produced (either one or more hmGCB molecules or the preparation as a whole) has a ratio of mannose residues to GlcNAc residues which is greater than 3 mannose residues to 2 GlcNAc residues, preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 4:2, 5:2, 6:2, 7:2, 8:2, 9:2, more preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 8:2 or 9:2.
- In a preferred embodiment, the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented on one, two, three or four of the carbohydrate chains of the hmGCB molecule.
- In a preferred embodiment, at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or all of the hmGCB molecules of the preparation have at least one, and preferably two, three or four carbohydrate chains in which the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core has been prevented.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hmGCB preparation is a relatively heterogeneous preparation. Preferably, less than 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5% or 1% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have the same number of mannose residues in addition to the pentasaccharide core. For example, the ratio of carbohydrate chains having the same number of mannose resides in addition to the pentasaccharide core to carbohydrate chains having a different number of mannose residues can be about: 60%:40%; 50%:50%; 40%:60%; 30%:70%; 25%:75%; 20%:80%; 15%:85%; 10%:90%; 5% or less:95% or more.
- In a preferred embodiment, activity of a class 1 processing mannosidase, e.g., Golgi mannosidase IA and/or Golgi mannosidase IB and/or Golgi mannosidase IC, and activity of a class 2 processing mannosidase, e.g., Golgi mannosidase II, are inhibited and at least about 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or 100% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have five or more mannose residues, e.g., five, six, seven, eight and/or nine mannose residues. In a preferred embodiment, activity of a class 1 processing mannosidase, e.g., Golgi mannosidase IA and/or Golgi mannosidase IB and/or Golgi mannosidase IC, and activity of a class 2 processing mannosidase, e.g., Golgi mannosidase II, are inhibited and the ratio of carbohydrate chains having five or more mannose residues to carbohydrate chains having four or less mannose residues, respectively, is about 60%:40%; 70%:30%; 75%:25%; 80%:20%; 85%:15%; 90%:10%; 95%:5%; 99%:1%; or 100%:0%.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell includes an exogenous nucleic acid sequence which includes a GCB coding region. In a preferred embodiment, the cell further includes a regulatory sequence, an endogenous or exogenous regulatory sequence, which functions to regulate expression of the exogenous GCB coding region.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell includes an exogenous regulatory sequence which functions to regulate expression of an endogenous GCB coding sequence, e.g., the regulatory sequence is integrated into the genome of the cell such that it regulates expression of an endogenous GCB coding sequence.
- In a preferred embodiment, the regulatory sequence includes one or more of: a promoter, an enhancer, an upstream activating sequence (UAS), a scaffold-attachment region or a transcription factor-binding site. In a preferred embodiment, the regulatory sequence includes: a regulatory sequence from a metallothionein-I gene, e.g., a mouse metallothionein-I gene, a regulatory sequence from an SV-40 gene, a regulatory sequence from a cytomegalovirus gene, a regulatory sequence from a collagen gene, a regulatory sequence from an actin gene, a regulatory sequence from an immunoglobulin gene, a regulatory sequence from the HMG-CoA reductase gene, or a regulatory sequence from the EF-1α gene.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell is: a eukaryotic cell. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is of fungal, plant or animal origin, e.g., vertebrate origin. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is: a mammalian cell, e.g., a primary or secondary mammalian cell, e.g., a fibroblast, a hematopoietic stem cell, a myoblast, a keratinocyte, an epithelial cell, an endothelial cell, a glial cell, a neural cell, a cell comprising a formed element of the blood, a muscle cell and precursors of these somatic cells; a transformed or immortalized cell line. Preferably, the cell is a human cell. Examples of immortalized human cell lines useful in the present method include, but are not limited to: a Bowes Melanoma cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 9607), a Daudi cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 213), a HeLa cell and a derivative of a HeLa cell (ATCC Accession Nos. CCL2 CCL2.1 and CCL 2.2), a HL-60 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 240), an HT-1080 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 121), a Jurkat cell (ATCC Accession No. TIB 152), a KB carcinoma cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 17), a K-562 leukemia cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 243), a MCF-7 breast cancer cell (ATCC Accession No. BTH 22), a MOLT-4 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1582), a Namalwa cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 1432), a Raji cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 86), a RPMI 8226 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 155), a U-937 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1593), WI-28VA13 sub line 2R4 cells (ATCC Accession No. CLL 155), a CCRF-CEM cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 119) and a 2780AD ovarian carcinoma cell (Van Der Blick et al., Cancer Res. 48:5927-5932, 1988), as well as heterohybridoma cells produced by fusion of human cells and cells of another species. In another embodiment, the immortalized cell line can be cell line other than a human cell line, e.g., a CHO cell line, a COS cell line. In another embodiment, the cell can be from a clonal cell strain or clonal cell line.
- In a preferred embodiment, a population of cells which are capable of expressing hmGCB is provided, and at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or all of the cells produce hmGCB with at least one carbohydrate chain, preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having the specified number of mannose residues.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell is cultured in a culture medium which includes at least one class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor and at least one class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor. In a preferred embodiment, the method further includes obtaining the hmGCB from the medium in which the cell is cultured.
- In another aspect, the invention features a method of producing a preparation of hmGCB. The method includes:
- providing a cell into which a nucleic acid sequence comprising an exogenous regulatory sequence has been introduced such that the regulatory sequence regulates the expression of an endogenous GCB coding region; and
- allowing production of GCB having a precursor oligosaccharide under conditions which prevent the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, to thereby produce an hmGCB preparation.
- In a preferred embodiment, the GCB is human GCB.
- In a preferred embodiment, the removal of: one or more α 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; an
α 1,3 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; and/or anα 1,6 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented. Preferably, the removal of one or more α 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented. - In a preferred embodiment, the method can include contacting the cell with a substance which prevents the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, e.g., prevents removal of one or more α 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core, an
α 1,3 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core and/or anα 1,6 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core. Preferably, the removal of one or more α 1,2 mannose(s) residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented. - In a preferred embodiment, the method includes contacting the cell with a substance which prevents the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, and the substance is a mannosidase inhibitor. The mannosidase inhibitor can be a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor, a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor or both. The class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be one or more of: kifunensine, deoxymannojirimycin, or a similar inhibitor. Preferably, the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is kifunensine. Useful class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors can include one or more of: swainsonine, mannostatin, 6-deoxy-DIM, 6-deoxy-6-fluoro-DIM. Preferably, the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is swainsonine.
- In a preferred embodiment, a mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml.
- In a preferred embodiment, the method further includes contacting the cell with a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor and a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor. In a preferred embodiment, a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml; a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml; each of the class 1 processing and class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors are present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml; the total concentration of the class 1 processing and class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors present is between about 0.025 to 40.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 20 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 4.0 µg/ml.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell carries a mutation for, e.g., a knockout for, at least one mannosidase. The mutation can be one which reduces the expression the gene, reduces protein or activity levels, or alters the distribution or other post translational modifications of the mannosidase, e.g., the processing of the carbohydrate chains. The mutation can be one which reduces the level of the Golgi processing mannosidase activity, e.g., one which reduces gene expression, e.g., a null mutation, e.g., a deletion, a frameshift or an insertion. In a preferred embodiment the mutation is a knockout, e.g., in the mannosidase gene. The mutation can affect the structure (and activity of the protein), and can, e.g., be a temperature sensitive mutation or a truncation. In a preferred embodiment, the cell carries a mutation, e.g., a knockout, for: a class 1 processing mannosidase; a class 2 processing mannosidase; a mutant, e.g., a knockout, for a class 1 processing mannosidase and a class 2 processing mannosidase. In a preferred embodiment, the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; or combinations thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell includes a nucleic acid sequence, such as an antisense molecule or ribozyme, which can bind to or inactivate a cellular mannosidase nucleic acid sequence, e.g., mRNA, and inhibit expression of the protein. In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid sequence is: a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule; a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule; both a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule and a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule. In a preferred embodiment, the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; combinations thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell includes a molecule, e.g., an exogenously supplied molecule, which binds and inhibits a mannosidase. The molecule can be, e.g., a single chain antibody, an intracellular protein or a competitive or non-competitive inhibitor.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hmGCB molecule includes a carbohydrate chain having at least four mannose residues. For example, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having five mannose residues, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having six mannose residues, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having seven mannose residues, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having eight mannose residues, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having nine mannose residues. Preferably, the hmGCB molecule has at least one carbohydrate chain having five, eight or nine mannose residues.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hmGCB produced (either one or more hmGCB molecules or the preparation as a whole) has a ratio of mannose residues to GlcNAc residues which is greater than 3 mannose residues to 2 GlcNAc residues, preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 4:2, 5:2, 6:2, 7:2, 8:2, 9:2, more preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 5:2, 8:2 or 9:2.
- In a preferred embodiment, the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented on one, two, three or four of the carbohydrate chains of the hmGCB molecule.
- In a preferred embodiment, at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or all of the hmGCB molecules of the preparation have at least one, and preferably two, three or four carbohydrate chains in which the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core has been prevented.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hmGCB preparation is a relatively heterogeneous preparation. Preferably, less than 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5% or 1% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have the same number of mannose residues in addition to the pentasaccharide core. For example, the ratio of carbohydrate chains having the same number of mannose resides in addition to the pentasaccharide core to carbohydrate chains having a different number of mannose residues can be about: 60%:40%; 50%:50%; 40%:60%; 30%:70%; 25%:75%; 20%:80%; 15%:85%; 10%:90%; 5% or less:95% or more.
- In a preferred embodiment, activity of Golgi mannosidase IA and/or IB and/or IC is inhibited and at least about 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or 100% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have five or more mannose residues, e.g., five, six, seven, eight, and/or nine mannose residues. In a preferred embodiment, activity of Golgi mannosidase I is inhibited and the ratio of carbohydrate chains having five or more mannose residues to carbohydrate chains having four or less mannose residues is about 60%:40%; 70%:30%; 75%:25%; 80%:20%; 85%:15%; 90%:10%; 95%:5%; 99%:1%; or 100%:0%.
- In a preferred embodiment, activity of Golgi mannosidase II is inhibited and at least about 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or 100% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB preparation have five or more mannose residues. In a preferred embodiment, activity of Golgi mannosidase II is inhibited and the ratio of carbohydrate chains having five or more mannose residues to carbohydrate chains having four or less mannose residues is about 60%:40%; 70%:30%; 75%:25%; 80%:20%; 85%:15%; 90%:10%; 95%:5%; 99%:1%; or 100%:0%.
- In a preferred embodiment, the regulatory sequence includes one or more of: a promoter, an enhancer, an upstream activating sequence (UAS), a scaffold-attachment region or a transcription factor-binding site. In a preferred embodiment, the regulatory sequence includes: a regulatory sequence from a metallothionein-I gene, e.g., a mouse metallothionein-I gene, a regulatory sequence from an SV-40 gene, a regulatory sequence from a cytomegalovirus gene, a regulatory sequence from a collagen gene, a regulatory sequence from an actin gene, a regulatory sequence from an immunoglobulin gene, a regulatory sequence from the HMG-CoA reductase gene, or a regulatory sequence from the EF-1α gene.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell is: a eukaryotic cell. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is of fungal, plant or animal origin, e.g., vertebrate origin. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is: a mammalian cell, e.g., a primary or secondary mammalian cell, e.g., a fibroblast, a hematopoietic stem cell, a myoblast, a keratinocyte, an epithelial cell, an endothelial cell, a glial cell, a neural cell, a cell comprising a formed element of the blood, a muscle cell and precursors of these somatic cells; a transformed or immortalized cell line. Preferably, the cell is a human cell. Examples of immortalized human cell lines useful in the present method include, but are not limited to: a Bowes Melanoma cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 9607), a Daudi cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 213), a HeLa cell and a derivative of a HeLa cell (ATCC Accession Nos. CCL2, CCL2.1 and CCL 2.2), a HL-60 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 240), an HT-1080 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 121), a Jurkat cell (ATCC Accession No. TIB 152), a KB carcinoma cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 17), a K-562 leukemia cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 243), a MCF-7 breast cancer cell (ATCC Accession No. BTH 22), a MOLT-4 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1582), a Namalwa cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 1432), a Raji cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 86), a RPMI 8226 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 155), a U-937 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1593), WI-28VA13 sub line 2R4 cells (ATCC Accession No. CLL 155), a CCRF-CEM cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 119) and a 2780AD ovarian carcinoma cell (Van Der Blick et al., Cancer Res. 48:5927-5932, 1988), as well as heterohybridoma cells produced by fusion of human cells and cells of another species. In another embodiment, the immortalized cell line can be cell line other than a human cell line, e.g., a CHO cell line, a COS cell line. In another embodiment, the cell can be from a clonal cell strain or clonal cell line.
- In a preferred embodiment, a population of cells which are capable of expressing hmGCB is provided, and at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or all of the cells produce hmGCB with at least one carbohydrate chain, preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having the specified number of mannose residues.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell is cultured in culture medium which includes at least one mannosidase inhibitor. In a preferred embodiment, the method further includes obtaining the hmGCB from the medium in which the cell is cultured.
- In another aspect, the invention features an hmGCB molecule, e.g., an hmGCB molecule described herein, e.g., a human hmGCB, produced by any of the methods described herein. Preferably, the hmGCB molecule includes at least one carbohydrate chain, preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having at least four mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide chain.
- In another aspect, the invention features an hmGCB preparation which includes a portion of hmGCB molecules which include at least one carbohydrate chain, preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having at least four mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide chain. Preferably, the hmGCB preparation is produced by any of the methods described herein.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hmGCB is human hmGCB.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hmGCB molecule can have: at least one carbohydrate chain having five mannose residues; at least one carbohydrate chain having six mannose residues; at least one carbohydrate chain having seven mannose residues; at least one carbohydrate chain having eight mannose residues; at least one carbohydrate chain having nine mannose residues.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hmGCB produced (either one or more hmGCB molecules or the preparation as a whole) has at least one carbohydrate chain having a ratio of mannose residues to GlcNAc residues which is greater than 3 mannose residues to 2 GlcNAc residues, preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 4:2, 5:2, 6:2, 7:2, 8:2, 9:2, more preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 5:2, 8:2 or 9:2.
- In a preferred embodiment, at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or all of the hmGCB of the preparation have at least one, preferably, two, three or four carbohydrate chains in which the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core has been prevented.
- In another aspect, the invention features a cell having at least one mannosidase activity inhibited and which includes a nucleic acid sequence comprising an exogenous regulatory sequence which has been introduced such that the regulatory sequence regulates the expression of an endogenous GCB coding region, wherein the cell produces GCB in which the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of a precursor oligosaccharide of GCB is prevented.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell produces an hmGCB preparation, e.g., a human hmGCB preparation, in which the removal of: one or more α 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; an
α 1,3 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented; and/or anα 1,6 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented. Preferably, the removal of one or more α 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented. - In a preferred embodiment, at least one mannosidase activity in the cell has been inhibited by contacting the cell with a substance which inhibits a mannosidase. In a preferred embodiment, the substance is a mannosidase inhibitor. The mannosidase inhibitor can be a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor, a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor or both. In a preferred embodiment, the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be one or more of: kifunensine and deoxymannojirimycin. Preferably, the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is kifunensine. In a preferred embodiment, the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be one or more of: swainsonine, mannostatin, 6-deoxy-DIM, and 6-deoxy-6-fluoro-DIM. Preferably, the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is swainsonine.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell carries a mutation for, e.g., a knockout for, at least one Golgi processing mannosidase. The mutation can be one which reduces the expression of the gene, reduces protein or activity levels, or alters the distribution or other post translational modifications of the mannosidase, e.g., the processing of a carbohydrate chain. The mutant can be one which reduces the level of Golgi processing mannosidase activity, e.g., one which reduces gene expression, e.g., a null mutation, e.g., a deletion, a frameshift, or an insertion. In a preferred embodiment, the mutation is a knockout in the mannosidase gene. The mutation can affect the structure (and activity of the protein), and can, e.g., be a temperature sensitive mutation. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is a mutant, e.g., a knockout, for: a class 1 processing mannosidase; a class 2 processing mannosidase; a class 1 processing mannosidase and a class 2 processing mannosidase. In a preferred embodiment, the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; combinations thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell further includes a nucleic acid sequence, such as an antisense molecule or ribozyme, which can bind to or inactivate a cellular mannosidase nucleic acid sequence, e.g., mRNA, and inhibit expression of the protein. In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid sequence is: a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule; a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule; both a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule and a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule. In a preferred embodiment, the class 1 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase IA; Golgi mannosidase IB; Golgi mannosidase IC; combinations thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the class 2 processing mannosidase is: Golgi mannosidase II.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell includes a molecule, e.g., an exogenously supplied molecule, which binds and inhibits a mannosidase. The molecule can be, e.g., a single chain antibody, an intracellular protein or a competitive or non-competitive inhibitor.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hmGCB molecule produced by the cell has a ratio of mannose residues to GlcNAc residues which is greater than 3 mannose residues to 2 GlcNAc residues, preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 4:2, 5:2, 6:2, 7:2, 8:2, 9:2, more preferably the ratio of mannose to GlcNAc is 5:2, 8:2 or 9:2.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell is unable to remove of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core on one, two, three or four of the carbohydrate chains of hmGCB.
- In a preferred embodiment, at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or all of the hmGCB molecules produced by the cell have at least one, preferably, two, three or four carbohydrate chains in which the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core has been prevented.
- In a preferred embodiment, the regulatory sequence includes one or more of: a promoter, an enhancer, an upstream activating sequence (UAS), a scaffold-attachment region or a transcription factor-binding site. In a preferred embodiment, the regulatory sequence includes: a regulatory sequence from a metallothionein-I gene, e.g., a mouse metallothionein-I gene, a regulatory sequence from an SV-40 gene, a regulatory sequence from a cytomegalovirus gene, a regulatory sequence from a collagen gene, a regulatory sequence from an actin gene, a regulatory sequence from an immunoglobulin gene, a regulatory sequence from the HMG-CoA reductase gene, or a regulatory sequence from the EF-1α gene.
- In a preferred embodiment, the cell is: a eukaryotic cell. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is of fungal, plant or animal origin, e.g., vertebrate origin. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is: a mammalian cell, e.g., a primary or secondary mammalian cell, e.g., a fibroblast, a hematopoietic stem cell, a myoblast, a keratinocyte, an epithelial cell, an endothelial cell, a glial cell, a neural cell, a cell comprising a formed element of the blood, a muscle cell and precursors of these somatic cells; a transformed or immortalized cell line. Preferably, the cell is a human cell. Examples of immortalized human cell lines useful in the present method include, but are not limited to: a Bowes Melanoma cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 9607), a Daudi cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 213), a HeLa cell and a derivative of a HeLa cell (ATCC Accession Nos. CCL2, CCL2.1, and CCL 2.2), a HL-60 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 240), an HT-1080 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 121), a Jurkat cell (ATCC Accession No. TIB 152), a KB carcinoma cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 17), a K-562 leukemia cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 243), a MCF-7 breast cancer cell (ATCC Accession No. BTH 22), a MOLT-4 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1582), a Namalwa cell (ATCC Accession No. CRL 1432), a Raji cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 86), a RPMI 8226 cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 155), a U-937 cell (ATCC Accession No. 1593), WI-28VA13 sub line 2R4 cells (ATCC Accession No. CLL 155), a CCRF-CEM cell (ATCC Accession No. CCL 119) and a 2780AD ovarian carcinoma cell (Van Der Blick et al., Cancer Res. 48:5927-5932, 1988), as well as heterohybridoma cells produced by fusion of human cells and cells of another species. In another embodiment, the immortalized cell line can be cell line other than a human cell line, e.g., a CHO cell line, a COS cell line. In another embodiment, the cell can be from a clonal cell strain or clonal cell line.
- In another aspect, the invention features a pharmaceutical composition which includes an hmGCB molecule, e.g., a human hmGCB, which includes at least one carbohydrate chain, preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having at least four mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide chain, in an amount suitable for treating Gaucher disease.
- In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition further includes a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
- Another aspect of the invention features a method of treating a subject having Gaucher disease. The method includes administering to a subject having Gaucher disease an hmGCB preparation, e.g., a human hmGCB preparation, which includes at least one carbohydrate chain, preferably two, three, or four carbohydrate chains, having at least four mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide chain, in an amount suitable for treating Gaucher disease.
- In another aspect, the invention features a method of purifying hmGCB from a sample. The method includes: providing a harvested hmGCB product; and subjecting the hmGCB product to hydrophobic charge induction chromatography (HCIC) and/or hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC), thereby obtaining purified hmGCB.
- In a preferred embodiment, MEP Hypercel® is used for HCIC. In another preferred embodiment, MacroPrep Methyl® is used for HIC.
- In another preferred embodiment, the method further includes subjecting the hmGCB product to ion exchange chromatography. The hmGCB product can be subjected to HCIC and/or HIC prior to ion exchange chromatography or the hmGCB product can be subjected to ion exchange chromatography prior to HCIC and/or HIC. Preferably, the hmGCB product is subjected to more than one ion exchange chromatography step. The ion exchange chromatography can be: anion exchange chromatography, cation exchange chromatography or both.
- In a preferred embodiment, anion exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: Q Sepharose Fast Flow®, MacroPrep High Q Support®, DEAE Sepharose Fast Flow@, and Macro-Prep DEAE®. In a preferred embodiment, cation exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: SP Sepharose Fast Flow®, Source 30S®, CM Sepharose Fast Flow@, Macro-Prep CM Support®, and Macro-Prep High S Support®.
- In a preferred embodiment, the method further includes subjecting the hmGCB product to size exclusion chromatography. Preferably, the size exclusion chromatography is performed using one or more of: Superdex 200®, Sephacryl S-200 HR® and Bio-Gel A 1.5m®.
- In another aspect, the invention features a method of purifying hmGCB. The method includes: providing a harvested hmGCB product; subjecting the hmGCB product to hydrophobic charge induction chromatography (HCIC) and/or hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC); and subjecting the hmGCB product to one or more of anion exchange chromatography, cation exchange chromatography, and size exclusion chromatography, to thereby obtain purified hmGCB.
- In a preferred embodiment, MEP Hypercel® is used for HCIC. In another preferred embodiment, MacroPrep Methyl® is used for HIC.
- In a preferred embodiment, the method includes using anion exchange chromatography. Preferably, anion exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: Q Sepharose Fast Flow@, MacroPrep High Q Support®, DEAE Sepharose Fast Flow@, and Macro-Prep DEAE®.
- In a preferred embodiment, the method includes using cation exchange chromatography. Preferably, cation exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: SP Sepharose Fast Flow@, Source 30S®, CM Sepharose Fast Flow@, Macro-Prep CM Support®, and Macro-Prep High S Support®.
- In a preferred embodiment, the method includes using size exclusion chromatography. Preferably, the size exclusion chromatography is performed using one or more of: Superdex 200®, Sephacryl S-200 HR® and Bio-Gel A 1.5m®.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hmGCB is subjected to (in any order): anion exchange chromatography and cation exchange chromatography; anion exchange chromatography and size exclusion chromatography; cation exchange chromatography and size exclusion chromatography; anion exchange chromatography, cation exchange chromatography and size exclusion chromatography. Preferably, the hmGCB is subjected to all three of these chromatography steps in the following order: anion exchange chromatography, cation exchange chromatography and size exclusion chromatography.
- In another aspect, the invention features a method of purifying hmGCB. The method includes: providing a harvested hmGCB product; subjecting the hmGCB product to hydrophobic charge induction chromatography (HCIC) and/or hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC); subjecting the HCIC and/or HIC purified hmGCB product to anion exchange chromatography; subjecting the anion exchange purified hmGCB to cation exchange chromatography; and, subjecting the cation exchange purified hmGCB to size exclusion chromatography, to thereby obtain purified hmGCB.
- In a preferred embodiment, MEP Hypercel® is used for HCIC. In another preferred embodiment, MacroPrep Methyl® is used for HIC.
- In a preferred embodiment, anion exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: Q Sepharose Fast Flow@, MacroPrep High Q Support®, DEAE Sepharose Fast Flow®, and Macro-Prep DEAE®.
- In a preferred embodiment, cation exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: SP Sepharose Fast Flow®, Source 30S®, CM Sepharose Fast Flow®, Macro-Prep CM Support®, and Macro-Prep High S Support®.
- In a preferred embodiment, size exclusion chromatography is performed using one or more of: Superdex 200®, Sephacryl S-200 HR® and Bio-Gel A 1.5m®.
- The term "high mannose glucocerebrosidase (hmGCB)" as used herein refers to glucocerebrosidase having at least one carbohydrate chain having four or more mannose residues from a precursor oligosaccharide. Preferably, the hmGCB has five, six, seven, eight or nine mannose residues from the precursor oligosaccharide chain. Most preferably, the hmGCB has five, eight or nine mannose residues from the precursor oligosaccharide chain.
- The term "hmGCB preparation" refers to two or more hmGCB molecules.
- The term "primary cell" includes cells present in a suspension of cells isolated from a vertebrate tissue source (prior to their being plated i.e., attached to a tissue culture substrate such as a dish or flask), cells present in an explant derived from tissue, both of the previous types of cells plated for the first time, and cell suspensions derived from these plated cells. The term secondary cell or cell strain refers to cells at all subsequent steps in culturing. That is, the first time a plated primary cell is removed from the culture substrate and replated (passaged), it is referred to herein as a secondary cell, as are all cells in subsequent passages. Secondary cells are cell strains which consist of secondary cells which have been passaged one or more times. A cell strain consists of secondary cells that: 1) have been passaged one or more times; 2) exhibit a finite number of mean population doublings in culture; 3) exhibit the properties of contact-inhibited, anchorage dependent growth (anchorage-dependence does not apply to cells that are propagated in suspension culture); and 4) are not immortalized. A "clonal cell strain" is defined as a cell strain that is derived from a single founder cell. A "heterogenous cell strain" is defined as a cell strain that is derived from two or more founder cells.
- "Immortalized cells", as used herein, are cell lines (as opposed to cell strains with the designation "strain" reserved for primary and secondary cells), a critical feature of which is that they exhibit an apparently unlimited lifespan in culture.
- The term "transfected cell" refers to a cell into which an exogenous synthetic nucleic acid sequence, e.g., a sequence which encodes a protein, is introduced. Once in the cell, the synthetic nucleic acid sequence can integrate into the recipients cells chromosomal DNA or can exist episomally. Standard transfection methods can be used to introduce the synthetic nucleic acid sequence into a cell, e.g., transfection mediated by liposome, polybrene, DEAE dextran-mediated transfection, electroporation, calcium phosphate precipitation or carbohydrate chain with four or more mannose residues from the precursor oligosaccharide chain can be obtained.
- Gaucher disease is caused by a deficiency of GCB. GCB is required for degradation of glycosphingolipid glucocerebroside. In the absence of GCB, the glucocerebroside accumulates primarily in phagocytic cells, e.g., macrophages, and, ultimately, builds up in the liver, spleen and bone marrow.
- Macrophages have mannose receptors. These receptors play a role in receptor-mediated endocytosis by these cells. hmGCB efficiently targets the mannose receptors on macrophages and improves the uptake of GCB (in the form of hmGCB) into these cells. By directing GCB (in the form of hmGCB) to the cells in which glucocerebroside accumulates, hmGCB can be used to hydrolyze glucocerebroside in the macrophages, thereby reducing the subsequent accumulation of this glycolipid in the liver, spleen and bone marrow of patients having Gaucher disease.
- Nucleotide sequence information is available for genes encoding glucocerebrosidase from various species. (See Horowitz et al. (1989) Genomics 4(1):87-96; Beutler et al. (1992) Genomics 12(4):795-800).
- Mature human GCB has five potential N-linked glycosylation sites at Asn-19, Asn-59, Asn-146, Asn-270, and Asn-462. Glycosylation occurs at four of the five sites in human tissue derived GCB (Erickson et al. (1985) J. Biol. Chem. 260:14319-14324). Studies employing site-directed mutagenesis have demonstrated that the site at Asn-462 is never occupied (Berg-Fussman et al. (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268:14861-14866). Approximately 20% of the released glycan chains from human placental GCB were shown to be of the high mannose type containing up to seven mannose residues, whereas the majority of the glycan chains were of the complex type with sialylated biantennary and triantennary structures. (Takasaki et al. (1984) J. Biol. Chem. 259:10112-10117)
- The first event in GCB N-glycosylation is the co-translational transfer in the lumen of the endoplasmic reticulum (ER) of Glc3Man9GlcNAc2 from oligosaccharide-PP-dolichol to nascent peptide. The presence of the three glucose residues on the donor oligosaccharide allows for efficient transfer to an acceptor asparagine by oligosaccharyl transferase.
- microinjection. The term "transfection" does not include delivery of DNA or RNA into a cell by a virus
- The term "infected cell" or "transduced cell" refers to a cell into which an exogenous synthetic nucleic acid sequence, e.g., a sequence which encodes a protein, is introduced by a virus. Viruses known to be useful for gene transfer include an adenovirus, an adeno-associated virus, a herpes virus, a mumps virus, a poliovirus, a retrovirus, a Sindbis virus, a lentivirus and a vaccinia virus such as a canary pox virus.
- Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims.
-
-
Figure 1 is a diagram showing the trimming of N-linked glycans as it occurs in the endoplasmic reticulum, the intermediate compartment and in the Golgi apparatus. The enzymes are numbered as follows: (1) α-glucosidase I; (2) α-glucosidase II; (3) ER mannosidase I; (4) ER mannosidase II; (5) ER glucosyl transferase; (6) endomannosidase; (7) Golgi mannosidase IA, IB and IC; (8) GlcNAc transferase I; (9) Golgi mannosidase II. ▲, Glucose; □, GlcNAc; ●, Mannose. Enzymes (3) and (7) are inhibited by kifunensine; enzyme (9) is inhibited by swainsonine. - The invention is based, in part, on the discovery that inhibition of the removal of one or more mannose residues distal from the pentasaccharide core of a precursor oligosaccharide chain of glucocerebrosidase (GCB), results in high mannose glucocerebrosidase (hmGCB) that is efficiently targeted to mannose receptors. The removal of a mannose residue from the pentasaccharide core of a precursor oligosaccharide chain can be prevented by inhibiting or reducing the activity of one or more mannosidase enzymes, e.g., one or more class 1 processing mannosidase(s) and/or class 2 processing mannosidase(s). By preventing or inhibiting the removal of one or more mannose residues, hmGCB having at least one Following N-glycosylation, the glucose residues are rapidly removed from GCB during the folding process by ER glucosidases I and II. Two different ER mannosidases are each capable of hydrolyzing a single mannose residue from Man9GlcNAc2 to form two different isomers of Man8GlcNAc2 (see
Fig. 1 ). Accessible glycans are then further processed in the Golgi to Man5GlcNAc2 by the removal of up to four α1,2-linked mannose residues by Golgi mannosidase I. There are at least three different human genes encoding related Golgi mannosidase I isoforms (IA, IB, and IC) with slightly different substrate specificities and tissue expression but all are capable of trimming four mannose residues from Man9GlcNAc2 glycans to form Man5GlcNAc2 (Tremblay et al. (July 27, 2000) J. Biol. Chem. [epub ahead of print]). They are located on chromosomes 6q22, 1p13, and 1p35-36 and their cDNA sequences are obtainable from GenBank as X74837, AF027156, and AF261655, respectively. - The final stage of processing that commits a glycan to the biosynthetic pathway for complex glycans requires the initial conversion of Man5GlcNAc2 to GlcNAcMan5GlcNAc2 by the action of GlcNAc transferase I, after which Golgi mannosidase II can catalyse the removal of two further mannose residues to yield GlcNAcMan3GlcNAc2. This is the substrate for glycan elongation by glycosyl transferases located in the trans Golgi and the trans Golgi network to form complex type chains.
- If the high mannose chains transferred to GCB in the initial N-glycosylation step can be prevented from being processed to complex chains in the Golgi, then GCB with high mannose chains (hmGCB) will effectively target the mannose receptors on reticuloendothelial cells.
- Primary and secondary cells to be transfected or infected can be obtained from a variety of tissues and include cell types which can be maintained and propagated in culture. For example, primary and secondary cells which can be transfected or infected include fibroblasts, keratinocytes, epithelial cells (e.g., mammary epithelial cells, intestinal epithelial cells), endothelial cells, glial cells, neural cells, formed elements of the blood (e.g., lymphocytes, bone marrow cells), muscle cells and precursors of these somatic cell types. Primary cells are preferably obtained from the individual to whom the transfected or infected primary or secondary cells are administered (i.e., an autologous cell). However, primary cells may be obtained from a donor (other than the recipient) of the same species (i.e., an allogeneic cell) or another species (i.e., a xenogeneic cell) (e.g., mouse, rat, rabbit, cat, dog, pig, cow, bird, sheep, goat, horse, monkey, baboon).
- Primary or secondary cells of vertebrate, particularly mammalian, origin can be transfected or infected with an exogenous DNA sequence, e.g., an exogenous DNA sequence encoding a therapeutic protein, and produce an encoded therapeutic protein stably and reproducibly, both in vitro and in vivo, over extended periods of time. In addition, the transfected or infected primary and secondary cells can express the encoded product in vivo at physiologically relevant levels, cells can be recovered after implantation and, upon reculturing, to grow and display their preimplantation properties. Cells can be modified to reduce cell surface histo compatibility complex or foreign carbohydrate moieties to reduce immunogenecity, e.g., a universal donor cell.
- Alternatively, primary or secondary cells of vertebrate, particularly mammalian, origin can be transfected or infected with an exogenous DNA sequence which includes a regulatory sequence. Examples of such regulatory sequences include one or more of: a promoter, an enhancer, an UAS, a scaffold attachment region or a transcription binding site. The targeting event can result in the insertion of the regulatory sequence of the DNA sequence, placing a targeted endogenous gene under their control (for example, by insertion of either a promoter or an enhancer, or both, upstream of the endogenous gene or regulatory region). Optionally, the targeting event can simultaneously result in the deletion of an endogenous regulatory sequence, such as the deletion of a tissue-specific negative regulatory sequence, of a gene. The targeting event can replace an existing regulatory sequence; for example, a tissue-specific enhancer can be replaced by an enhancer that has broader or different cell-type specificity than the endogenous elements, or displays a pattern of regulation or induction that is different from the corresponding nontransfected or noninfected cell. In this regard, the endogenous sequences are deleted and new sequences are added. Alternatively, the endogenous regulatory sequences are not removed or replaced but are disrupted or disabled by the targeting event, such as by targeting the exogenous sequences within the endogenous regulatory elements. Introduction of a regulatory sequence by homologous recombination can result in primary or secondary cells expressing a therapeutic protein which it does not normally express. In addition, targeted introduction of a regulatory sequence can be used for cells which make or contain the therapeutic protein but in lower quantities than normal (in quantities less than the physiologically normal lower level) or in defective form, and for cells which make the therapeutic protein at physiologically normal levels, but are to be augmented or enhanced in their content or production. Methods of activating an endogenous coding sequence are described in
U.S. Patent No.: 5,641,670 ,U.S. Patent No.: 5,733,761 andU.S. Patent No.: 5,968,502 , the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. - The transfected or infected primary or secondary cells may also include a DNA sequence encoding a selectable marker which confers a selectable phenotype upon them, facilitating their identification and isolation. Methods for producing transfected primary or secondary cells which stably express the DNA sequence, clonal cell strains and heterogenous cell strains of such transfected cells, methods of producing the clonal and heterogenous cell strains, are known and described, for example, in
U.S. Patent No.: 5,641,670 ,U.S. Patent No.: 5,733,761 andU.S. Patent No.: 5,968,502 , the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. - Transfected primary or secondary cells, can be made by electroporation. Electroporation is carried out at appropriate voltage and capacitance (and corresponding time constant) to result in entry of the DNA construct(s) into the primary or secondary cells. Electroporation can be carried out over a wide range of voltages (e.g., 50 to 2000 volts) and corresponding capacitance. Total DNA of approximately 0.1 to 500 µg is generally used.
- Alternatively, known methods such as calcium phosphate precipitation, microinjection, modified calcium phosphate precipitation and polybrene precipitation, liposome fusion and receptor-mediated gene delivery can be used to transfect cells.
- Oligosaccharide assembly in cells which have not been treated to prevent removal of mannose residues usually proceeds as discussed below:
- The oligosaccharide chains of GCB are attached to the polypeptide backbone by N-glycosidic linkages. N-linked glycans have an amide bond that connects the anomeric carbon (C-1) of a reducing-terminal N-acetylglucosamine (GlcNAc) residue of the oligosaccharide and a nitrogen of an asparagine (Asn) residue of the polypeptide.
- Initiation of N-linked oligosaccharide assembly does not occur directly on the Asn residues of the GCB protein, but rather involves preassembly of a lipid-linked 14 sugar precursor oligosaccharide which is then transferred to the protein in the ER during or very soon after its translation from mRNA. A "precursor oligosaccharide" as used herein refers to the oligosaccharide chain involved in the initial steps in biosynthesis of carbohydrate chains. A "precursor oligosaccharide" can be an oligosaccharide structure which includes at least the following sugars: Man9GlcNAc2, for example, a precursor oligosaccharide can have the following structure: Glc3Man9GlcNAc2, as shown in
Figure 1 . The precursor oligosaccharide is synthesized while attached via a pyrophosphate bridge to a polyisoprenoid carrier lipid, a dolichol. This assembly involves at least six distinct membrane-bound glycosyltransferases. Some of these enzymes transfer monosaccharides from nucleotide sugars, while others utilize dolichol-linked monosaccharides as sugar donors. After assembly of the lipid-linked precursor is complete, another membrane-bound enzyme transfers it to sterically accessible Asn residues which occur as part of the sequence -Asn-X-Ser/Thr-. - Glycosylated Asn residues of newly-synthesized GCB transiently carry Glc3Man9GlcNAc2, also referred to herein as an "unprocessed carbohydrate chain".
- The processing of N-linked oligosaccharides is accomplished by the sequential action of a number of membrane-bound enzymes and begins immediately after transfer of the precursor oligosaccharide Glc3Man9GlcNAc2 to the protein. The terms "processing", "trimming" and "modifying" are used interchangeably herein.
- N-linked oligosaccharide processing can be divided into three stages: removal of the three glucose residues, removal of a variable number of mannose residues, and addition of various sugar residues to the resulting trimmed core.
- The removal of the glucose residues in the first stage of processing involves removal of all three glucose residues to generate N-linked Man9GlcNAc2. This structure is also referred to herein as: Manα1-2Manα1-2Manα1-3[Manα1-2Manα1-3(Manα1-2Manα1-6)Manα1-6]Manβ1-4GlcNAcβ1-4GlcNAc (See
Figure 1 , structure 9'). Processing normally continues to the second stage with removal of mannose residues. - Four of the mannose residues of the Man9GlcNAc2 moiety are bound by α 1,2 linkages. Up to four of these α 1,2-linked mannose residues can be removed by mannosidase IA, IB and IC to generate N-linked Man5-8GlcNAc2.
- Protein-linked Man5GlcNAc2 can then serve as a substrate for GlcNAc transferase I, which transfers a β 1,2-linked GlcNAc residue from UDP-GlcNAc to the core α 1,3-linked mannose residue to form GlcNAcMan5GlcNAc2. Mannosidase II can then complete the trimming phase of the processing pathway by removing two mannose residues to generate a protein-linked oligosaccharide which contains within it a Man3GlcNAc2, the "pentasaccharide core". The structure GlcNAcMan3GlcNAc2 is then a substrate for GlcNAc transferase II, which can transfer a β 1,2-linked GlcNAc residue to the α 1,6-linked mannose residue.
- After the trimming phase, monosaccharides are sequentially added to the growing oligosaccharide chain by a series of membrane-bound Golgi glycosyltransferases, each of which is highly specific with respect to the acceptor oligosaccharide, the donor sugar, and the type of linkage formed between the sugars. These can include distinct GlcNAc transferases (producing β 1,2;
β 1,4; orβ 1,6 linkages); galactosyltransferases (producingβ 1, 4;β 1,3; andα 1,3 linkages); sialyltransferases (one producingα 2, 3 and another,α 2, 6 linkages); fucosyltransferases (producing α 1,2;α 1,3;α 1,4 orα 1,6 linkages); and a growing list of other enzymes responsible for a variety of unusual linkages. The cooperative action of these glycosyltransferases produces a diverse family of structures collectively referred to as "complex" oligosaccharides. These may contain two, three or four outer branches ("antennae") attached to the invariant core pentasaccharide, Man3GlcNAc2. These structures are referred to in terms of the number of their outer branches: biantennary (two branches), triantennary (three branches) or tetraantennary (four branches). The size of these complex glycans can vary. - hmGCB can be produced by reducing or preventing cellular carbohydrate modification (i.e., processing) of GCB. Carbohydrate modification can be prevented by allowing production of GCB under conditions which prevent the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of a precursor oligosaccharide chain of GCB. For example, one or more of the "trimming" stages during the removal of mannose residues from a precursor oligosaccharide can be prevented.
- Cellular mannosidases fall into two broad classes: class 1 processing enzymes, which include ER mannosidase I, Golgi mannosidase IA, IB and IC and which hydrolyze α1,2-linked mannose residues, and require Ca2+ for activity; and class 2 processing enzymes, which include ER mannosidase II, Golgi mannosidase II, cytosolic α-mannosidase, and lysosomal α-mannosidase and which have a broader substrate specificity and do not require Ca2+ for activity.
- The trimming of mannose residues from the precursor oligosaccharide involves at least the following mannosidase enzymes: Golgi mannosidase IA, IB and IC, and Golgi mannosidase II. By inhibiting one or more of these mannosidases during N-linked oligosaccharide assembly in a cell, GCB can be produced which has at least one carbohydrate chain with one or more mannose residues in addition to the pentasaccharide core. For example, inhibition of both ER mannosidase I and Golgi mannosidase I can produce hmGCB with at least one carbohydrate chain (and preferably all chains) having at least eight mannose residues from the precursor oligosaccharide; inhibition of Golgi mannosidase II can produce hmGCB with at least one carbohydrate chain (and preferably all chains) having at least five mannose residues from the precursor oligosaccharide.
- Trimming by a mannosidase can be inhibited, for example, by contacting the cell with a substance which prevents the removal of one or more mannose residues from a precursor oligosaccharide of GCB or by producing GCB in a cell which does not produce or produces at deficient levels at least one mannosidase, or in a cell which produces a mutated and/or inactive mannosidase. For example, the cell can be a knockout for at least one mannosidase, can express at least one antisense mannosidase molecule or can be dominant negative for at least one mannosidase.
- A substance which prevents the removal of one or more mannose residues from a precursor oligosaccharide of GCB can be used to produce an hmGCB preparation. For example, a cell which expresses GCB can be contacted with a substance which prevents the removal of one or more α 1,2 mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, and/or removal of an
α 1,3 mannose residue of a precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, and/or removal of anα 1,6 mannose residue of a precursor oligosaccharide of GCB. Preferably, the substance is a mannosidase inhibitor, e.g., a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor or a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor. - Cellular mannosidases fall into two broad classes on the basis of protein sequence homologies (Moremen et al. (1994) Glycobiology 4:113-125). These two classes are mechanistically different. Class 1 enzymes, which include ER mannosidase I and Golgi mannosidase I isoforms, have a mass of about 63-73 kDa, hydrolyze α1,2-linked mannose residues and require Ca2+ for activity. Class 1 processing mannosidases can be blocked, for example, by treatment with a substrate mimic, e.g., a pyranose analog of mannose. For example, class 1 processing mannosidases can be blocked by treatment with one or more of the following enzymatic inhibitors: kifunensine, deoxymannojirimycin, or a combination thereof. Class 2 enzymes, which include ER mannosidase I, Golgi mannosidase II, cystolic α-mannosidase, and lysosomal α-mannosidase, have a greater mass of about 107-136 kDa, do not require Ca2+ for activity and have a broader substrate specificity. Class 2 processing mannosidases can be blocked, for example, by treatment with furanose transition state analogues of the mannosyl cation (Daniels et al. (1994) GlycoBiol. 4:551-566). For example, class 2 processing mannosidases can by blocked by treatment with one or more of the following inhibitors: swainsonine, 6-deoxy-DIM, 6-deoxy-6-fluoro-DIM, mannostatin A, or combinations thereof.
- Kifunensine can be used as an inhibitor of the endoplasmic reticulum mannosidase I and/or Golgi mannosidase IA and/or IB and/or IC; deoxymannojirimycin can be used as an inhibitor of ER mannosidase I, ER mannosidase II and/or of Golgi mannosidase IA and/or IB and/or IC; swainsonine can be used an inhibitor of Golgi mannosidase II; and mannostatin A can be used as an inhibitor of Golgi mannosidase II.
- Use of a mannosidase inhibitor can inhibit the processing of a carbohydrate chain of GCB past a certain stage of mannose residue trimming during oligosaccharide assembly. For example, contacting a cell with kifunensine can inhibit trimming of any, or one, two, three, or four of the mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide.
- Processing α-mannosidases can be blocked by treatment of cells with one or more of the following enzyme inhibitors:
- Kifunensine, an inhibitor of the endoplasmic reticulum I and Golgi mannosidase I enzymes (Weng and Spiro (1993) J. Biol. Chem 268:25656-25663; Elbein et al. (1990) J. Biol. Chem 265:15599-15605).
- Swainsonine, an inhibitor of the Golgi mannosidase II enzyme (Tulsiani et al. (1982) J. Biol. Chem 257:7936-7939).
- Deoxymannojirimycin, an inhibitor of both endoplasmic reticulum mannosidases I and II and of Golgi mannosidase I (Weng and Spiro (1993) J. Biol. Chem 268:25656-25663; Tremblay and Herscovics (2000) J. Biol. Chem. Jul 27; [epub ahead of print])
- DIM (1,4-dideoxy-1,4-imino-D-mannitol), an inhibitor of Golgi mannosidase II (Palamarzyk et al. (1985) Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 243:35-45).
- 6-Deoxy-DIM and 6-deoxy-6-fluoro-DIM, inhibitors of Golgi mannosidase II (Winchester et al. (1993) Biochem J. 290:743-749).
- Mannostatin A, an inhibitor of Golgi mannosidase II (Tropea et al. (1990) Biochemistry 29:10062-10069).
- Various mannosidase inhibitors can be selected by their ability to penetrate particular cell types as well as by the inhibitory potency of the mannosidase inhibitor. For example, swainsonine is rapidly internalized by cultured fibroblasts in a time- and concentration-dependent manner. Swainsonine is also a potent inhibitor of a class 2 mannosidase, e.g., Golgi mannosidase II. Thus, swainsonine can be used to produce hmGCB in cultured fibroblasts, e.g., hmGCB having at least one carbohydrate chain which has at least four or five mannose residues of the precursor oligosaccharide. In addition, kifunensine is readily taken up by cultured fibroblasts and is a potent inhibitor of class 1 mannosidases, e.g., ER mannosidase I and Golgi mannosidase I. Thus, kifunensine can be used to produce hmGCB in cultured fibroblasts, e.g., hmGCB having at least one carbohydrate chain which has at least four, five, six, seven, eight or nine mannose residues of the precursor oligosaccharide.
- Preferably, the mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration of 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml. For example, a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml; a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor can be present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml; each of the class 1 processing and class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors can be present at a concentration between about 0.025 to 20.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, 0.05 to 5 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml; or the total concentration of the class 1 processing and class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitors present can be between about 0.025 to 40.0 µg/ml, 0.05 to 20 µg/ml, 0.05 to 10 µg/ml, preferably between about 0.1 to 5.0 µg/ml.
- The cell can be contacted with a mannosidase inhibitor by, for example, culturing the cell on medium which includes at least one mannosidase inhibitor.
- Permanent or regulated inactivation of mannosidase gene expression can be achieved by targeting to a mannosidase locus with a transfected plasmid DNA construct or a synthetic oligonucleotide. The plasmid construct or oligonucleotide can be designed to several forms. These include the following: 1) insertion of selectable marker genes or other sequences within an exon of a mannosidase gene; 2) insertion of exogenous sequences in regulatory regions of non-coding sequence; 3) deletion or replacement of regulatory and/or coding sequences; and, 4) alteration of a protein coding sequence by site specific mutagenesis.
- In the case of insertion of a selectable marker gene into coding sequence, it is possible to create an in-frame fusion of an endogenous mannosidase exon with the mannosidase exon engineered to contain, for example, a selectable marker gene. In this way following successful targeting, the endogenous mannosidase gene expresses a fusion mRNA (mannosidase sequence plus selectable marker sequence). Moreover, the fusion mRNA would be unable to produce a functional mannosidase translation product.
- In the case of insertion of DNA sequences into regulatory regions, the transcription of a mannosidase gene can be silenced by disrupting the endogenous promoter region or any other regions in the 5' untranslated region (5' UTR) that is needed for transcription. Such regions include, for example, translational control regions and splice donors of introns. Secondly, a new regulatory sequence can be inserted upstream of the mannosidase gene that would render the mannosidase gene subject to the control of extracellular factors. It would thus be possible to down-regulate or extinguish mannosidase gene expression as desired for optimal hmGCB production. Moreover, a sequence which includes a selectable marker and a promoter can be used to disrupt expression of the endogenous sequence. Finally, all or part of the endogenous mannosidase gene could be deleted by appropriate design of targeting substrates.
- In order to create a cell which includes a knockout of at least one chromosomal copy of the human Golgi mannosidase IA, IB or IC gene, the genomic DNA comprising at least the 5' portion of the gene (including regulatory sequences, 5' UTR, coding sequence) is isolated. For example, the GenBank sequence, Accession No.: NM005907 (human), can be used to generate a probe for Golgi mannosidase IA or Accession Nos.: AAF97058 can be used to generate a probe for Golgi mannosidase IB or IC using polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Oligonucleotides for PCR can be designated based upon the GenBank sequence. The resulting probe can hybridize to the single copy Golgi mannosidase IA, IB or IC gene. This probe can then be used to screen a commercially available recombinant phage library (e.g., a library made from human genomic DNA) to isolate a clone comprising all or part of the mannosidase I structural genes. Once a recombinant clone comprising a mannosidase regulatory and/or coding sequence is isolated, specific targeting plasmids designed to achieve the inactivation of mannosidase gene expression can then be constructed. Inactivation of mannosidase activity results from the insertion of exogenous DNA into regulatory or coding sequences to disrupt the translational reading frame. Inactivation of the enzyme can also be the result of disruption of mRNA transcription or mRNA processing, or by deletion of endogenous mannosidase regulatory or coding sequences.
- The nucleic acid sequence of other class 1 and class 2 processing mannosidase are also available, for example, in GenBank. Using the methods described above for Golgi mannosidase IA, IB or IC, a knockout cell for other class 1 and/or class 2 processing mannosidases can be produced.
- A mannosidase knockout cell can be used, for example, in gene therapy. A knockout cell can be administered to a subject, e.g., a subject having Gaucher disease, such that the cell produces hmGCB in vivo.
- Nucleic acid molecules which are antisense to a nucleotide encoding a mannosidase, e.g., a class 1 processing or class 2 processing mannosidase, can be used as an inactivating agent which inhibits expression of a mannosidase. For example, Golgi mannosidase IA, Golgi mannosidase IB, Golgi mannosidase IC, and/or Golgi mannosidase II expression can be inhibited by an antisense nucleic acid molecule. An "antisense" nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence which is complementary to a "sense" nucleic acid encoding a mannosidase, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence. Accordingly, an antisense nucleic acid can form hydrogen bonds with a sense nucleic acid. The antisense nucleic acid can be complementary to an entire mannosidase coding strand, or to only a portion thereof. For example, an antisense nucleic acid molecule which antisense to the "coding region" of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding a mannosidase can be used.
- As the coding strand sequences encoding various mannosidases are disclosed in, for example, Bause (1993) Eur. J. Biochem. 217(2):535-540; Gonzalez et al. (1999) J. Biol. Chem. 274(30):21375-21386; Misago et al. (1995) Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 92(25):11766-11770; Tremblay et al. (1998) Glycobiology 8(6):585-595, Tremblay et al. (2000) J. Biol. Chem. Jul 27:[epub ahead of print], antisense nucleic acids can be designed according to the rules of Watson and Crick base pairing. The antisense nucleic acid molecule can comprise sequence complementary to the entire coding region of a mannosidase mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide which is complementary to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of a mannosidase mRNA. For example, the antisense oligonucleotide can comprise sequence complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of a mannosidase mRNA. An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, or more nucleotides in length. An antisense nucleic acid can be constructed using chemical synthesis and enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art. For example, an antisense nucleic acid (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide) can be chemically synthesized using naturally occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used. Examples of modified nucleotides which can be used to generate the antisense nucleic acid include 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosylqueosine, 5'-methoxycarboxymethyluracil, 5-methoxyuracil, 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenine, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), ybutoxosine, pseudouracil, queosine, 2-thiocytosine, 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil, 5-methyluracil, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methylester, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 3-(3-amino-3-N-2-carboxypropyl) uracil, (acp3)w, and 2,6-diaminopurine. Alternatively, the antisense nucleic acid can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation relative to a target nucleic acid of interest.
- The term "purified" hmGCB, as used herein, refers to hmGCB that is substantially free of cellular material when produced by a cell which expresses GCB. The language "substantially free of cellular material" includes preparations of hmGCB in which the protein is separated from cellular components of the cells in which it is produced. In one embodiment, the language "substantially free of cellular material" includes preparations of hmGCB having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of non-GCB protein (also referred to herein as a "protein impurity" or "contaminating protein"), more preferably less than about 20% of non-GCB protein, still more preferably less than about 10% of non-GCB protein, and most preferably less than about 5% non-GCB protein. When the hmGCB is obtained (i.e., harvested) from culture media, it is also preferably substantially free of a component of the culture medium, i.e., components of the culture medium represent less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the dry weight of the protein preparation.
- Various methods can be used to harvest hmGCB from culture media. The term "harvested hmGCB" as used herein refers to hmGCB obtained from culture media or from a cell. For example, one of the following alternatives can be used to prepare the harvested hmGCB prior to a purification procedure. These can include: 1) filtering the fresh harvest; 2) filtering the fresh harvest and freezing, e.g., at about -20°C to -80°C, the filtered product until ready for processing (at which time it can be thawed and, optionally, filtered); 3) filtering the fresh harvest, concentrating filtered product (e.g., by about 8 to 10 fold), and then, optionally, filtering again; 4) filtering the fresh harvest, concentrating filtered product (e.g., by about 8 to 10 fold), optionally, filtering again, and then freezing, e.g., at about-20°C to -80°C, until ready for processing (at which time it can be thawed and, optionally, filtered). Variations of these alternatives can also be performed. For example, when the harvested product or concentrated harvested product is frozen, different harvests can be pooled after thawing and filtered. In addition, for harvested or concentrated harvested product, the product can be held at a cooling temperature, e.g., about 2°C to 8°C, for short periods of time, e.g., about 1 to 3 days, preferably 1 day, prior to purification. The harvested product held at the cooling temperature can be pooled prior to purification.
- When a concentration of harvest is performed, an ultrafiltration membrane with a 5,000 to 50,000 mw cutoff, preferably a 10,000 to 30,000 mw cutoff, can be employed. Filter clarification will typically employ a 1.2 µm/0.5 µm prefilter, followed by a 0.2 µm final filter.
- HmGCB can be purified by the following purification techniques. For example, hydrophobic charge induction chromatography (HCIC) can be used to purify the hmGCB preparation. Alternatively, hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC) can be used to purify the hmGCB preparation. Both HCIC and HIC are described below.
- HCIC or HIC can be used alone or in combination with one or more ion exchange steps. Ion exchange steps that can be used in combination with an HCIC or HIC step (either before or after HCIC or HIC) include the use of anion exchange and/or cation exchange chromatography. Generally known commercially available anion exchange supports used in the purification of proteins bear quaternary ammonium functional groups. Preferred matrices for use in the present process are agarose or cellulose based matrices such as microcrystalline cellulose or cross-linked agaroses. Also particularly preferred are those matrices bearing diethyl aminoethyl, triethyl aminomethyl, or trimethyl aminomethyl functional groups. A particularly preferred anion exchange matrix is trimethyl aminomethyl crosslinked agarose, which is commercially available, e.g., Q-Sepharose Fast Flow® (Pharmacia). Generally known commercially available cation exchange supports that may be used in the purification of proteins bear acidic functionalities, including carboxy and sulfonic acids. Matrices containing the cation functionalities include various forms of celluloses and polystyrene based matrices. For example, weak cation exchangers known in the art include, but are not limited to, Carboxymethyl-Sepharose® and Carboxymethyl-Cellulose®. Strong cation exchangers known in the art include, but are not limited to, sulfonated polystyrenes (AG 50W®, Bio-Rex 70®), sulfonated celluloses (SP-Sephadex®), and sulfonated Sepharoses (S-Sepharose®). A particularly preferred cation exchange matrix is S-Sepharose Fast Flow® (Pharmacia).
- The chromatographic step involving these matrices is most preferably conducted as a column chromatography step or in alternative a batch absorptive technique, which optionally can be performed at a temperature between 25°C to 40°C. Preferably, a salt is added to a washing or eluting buffer to increase the ionic strength of the buffer. Any of the salts conventionally used may be employed for this purpose as can be readily determined by one skilled in the art, with NaCl being one of the most frequently and conveniently used salts.
- A conventional gel filtration step can also be used in combination with the HCIC or HIC chromatography process step. Representative examples of these matrices are polydextrans cross linked with acrylamides, such as composite hydrophilic gels prepared by covalently cross linking allyl dextran with N, N'-methylene bisacrylamide and crosslinked cellulose or agarose gels. Commercially available crosslinked dextran-acrylamides are known under the trade name Sephacryl® and are available from Pharmacia. Commercially available crosslinked dextran-agarose resins are known under the trade name Superdex®, available from Pharmacia. A preferred Superdex® gel is Superdex 200®. Examples of crosslinked cellulose gels are those commercially available cross linking porous cellulose gels, e.g., GLC 300® or GLC 1,000® that are available from Amicon Inc. Silica based resins such as TSK-Gel SW®, available from TosoHaas can be utilized. Polymer based resins such as TSK-Gel PW®, TSK Alpha Series®, Toyopearl HW packings® (copolymerization of ethylene glycol and methyl acrylate polymers) are also available from TosoHaas.
- Preferably, HCIC or HIC can be combined with one or more of these ion exchange steps. When a combination of HCIC or HIC and various ion exchange or gel filtration steps are used, they can be performed in any order. For example, as described below a four step procedure can be followed which includes HCIC using MEP Hypercel® chromatography or HIC using MacroPrep Methyl® chromatography, then Q Sepharose Fast Flow@, SP Sepharose Fast Flow@ and lastly Superdex 200®. Several of these procedures are set forth in more detail below.
- MEP (mercaptoethylpyridine) Hypercel® (BioSepra, Life Technologies) can be used for HCIC. It is a resin consisting of NEP linked to a regenerated cellulose bead of high porosity (80-100 microns). The functional group (MEP), consisting of a hydrophobic tail and an ionizable head group, is uncharged at neutral pH and can bind certain protein ligands based on hydrophobic interaction at a physiological ionic strength. Elution is accomplished by decreasing pH to 4 to 5, at which MEP is positively charged, and the protein elutes from the column due to electrostatic repulsion. For example, prepared harvest or harvest concentrate can be applied directly to the MEP column equilibrated with 25 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.8, containing 180 mM sodium chloride and 2 mM DTT. Optionally, the column can then be washed with equilibration buffer containing 25 mM sodium caprylate until the absorbance at 280 nm (A280) stabilizes. The hmGCB can be eluted from the column with 50mM sodium acetate, 2 mM DTT, pH 4.7, and the peak as monitored at 280 nm can be collected.
- An alternative to MEP Hypercel® is MacroPrep Methyl®, which is a hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC) resin. This resin consists of a methyl functional group attached to a bead composition of macroporous co-polymerized glycol methacrylate and diethylene glycol dimethacrylate. For example, MacroPrep Methyl® (BioRad) chromatography can be performed as follows. The pH of the harvest or harvest concentrate is adjusted to 5.6, and ammonium sulfate is added to 0.70 M final concentration. The prepared harvest can be applied to the MacroPrep Methyl® column, which has been equilibrated in 0.70 M ammonium sulfate, 10 mM MES, pH 5.6. After application of the load, the column is washed with equilibrated buffer until the A280 returns to baseline. The hmGCB can be eluted with 10 mM MES, pH 5.6. The eluted hmGCB can be ultrafiltered and/or diafiltered in preparation for steps such as an ion exchange step such as Q Sepharose chromatography, SP Sepharose chromatography and/or Superdex 200 Chromatography.
- Q Sepharose Fast Flow@ (Amersham Pharmacia) is a relatively strong anion exchange chromatography resin. The functional substitutent is a quaternary amine group, which is positively charged over the working pH range of 2 to 12. Proteins with a net negative charge at the working pH will tend to bind to the resin at a relatively low ionic strength and can be eluted at higher ionic strength or lower pH. HmGCB does not bind to Q Sepharose at approximately
pH 6 and low ionic strength, but impurities do bind, thereby purifying the sample. For example, the following protocol can be used to purify hmGCB in the sample by Q Sepharose Fast Flow® chromatography. Under appropriate conditions, hmGCB flows through this column, so the product is found in the flowthrough/wash fraction. Sodium phosphate (250 mM, pH 6) is added to the MEP elution pool prepared as described above to a final concentration of 25 mM, and the pH of the pool is adjusted topH 6 with NaOH (and HCl if necessary). The conductivity is adjusted to 2.5 ± 0.1 mS/cm by dilution with water or by ultrafiltration/diafiltration using 25 mM sodium phosphate, 2 mM DTT, at approximatelypH 6. The material is then filtered and applied to a column of Q Sepharose Fast Flow® which has been equilibrated in 25 mM sodium phosphate, 2 mM DTT, pH 6.0. After application of the load, the column is washed with equilibration buffer until the A280 reaches baseline. The flowthrough/wash fraction can then be processed through another column, e.g., SP Sepharose Fast Flow@ column, shortly thereafter, e.g., within 24 hours, or frozen and stored at about -20°C to -80°C prior to further processing. - Other strong anion exchange resins, such as Macro-Prep High Q Support® (BioRad) can be used in place of Q Sepharose. A weaker anion exchange resin such as DEAE Sepharose Fast Flow@ (Pharmacia) or Macro-Prep DEAE® (BioRad) can also be used. The column is equilibrated in buffer, e.g., 25 mM sodium phosphate,
pH 6. The pH of the sample is adjusted topH 6 and the conductivity is adjusted by dilution or diafiltration to a relatively low ionic strength, which allows impurities to bind to the column and hmGCB to flow through. The sample is applied and the column is washed with equilibration buffer. Impurities are still bound to the column, and can be eluted with application of salt, e.g., sodium chloride or potassium chloride, or application of a lower pH buffer, or a combination of increased salt and lower pH. - The hmGCB can also be allowed to bind the anion exchange column during loading by decreasing the salt concentration in the load or by running the column at a higher pH, or by a combination of both decreased salt and higher pH.
- SP Sepharose Fast Flow@ (Amersham Pharmacia) is a relatively strong cation exchange chromatography resin. The functional substitutent is a charged sulfonic acid group, which is negatively charged over a working pH range of 2 to 12. Proteins with a net positive charge at the working pH will tend to bind to the resin at a relatively low ionic strength and can be eluted at higher ionic strength or higher pH. HmGCB binds to SP Sepharose at approximately
pH 6 and intermediate ionic strength (e.g., 6.5 mS/cm) and can be eluted at higher ionic strength (e.g., 10.7 mS/cm). Impurity proteins remain bound to SP Sepharose under conditions of hmGCB elution, thereby purifying the hmGCB in the sample. For example, the following protocol can be used to purify hmGCB by SP Sepharose Fast Flow® chromatography. Sodium chloride (2.0 M stock) is added to the Q Sepharose® flowthrough/wash until the conductivity is 6.3 mS/cm. The pH is checked and readjusted to pH 6.0 if necessary. Then, addition of sodium chloride stock is continued until the conductivity is 6.5 mS/cm. The material is filtered and applied to a column of SP Sepharose Fast Flow@, which has been equilibrated with 25 mM sodium phosphate, 44 mM sodium chloride, pH 6.0. After application of the load, the column is washed with equilibration buffer until the baseline is reached and eluted with 25 mM sodium phosphate, 84 mM sodium chloride, pH 6.0. HmGCB is found in the elution fraction. - Another cation exchange resin, e.g., Source 30S® (Pharmacia), CM Sepharose Fast Flow@ (Pharmacia), Macro-Prep CM Support® (BioRad) or Macro-Prep High S Support® (BioRad), can be used as an alternative to SP Sepharose. The hmGCB can bind to the column at approximately
pH 6 and low to intermediate ionic strength, such as 4 to 7 mS/cm. A buffer, e.g., 10 mM sodium citrate, pH 6.0, 10 mM MES, pH 6.0, 25 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.0, or other buffer with adequate buffering capacity at pH 6.0 can be used to equilibrate the column. The ionic strength of the sample is adjusted by dilution or diafiltration to a level which will accommodate binding to the column. The sample is applied to the column and the column is washed after the load to remove unbound material. A salt, e.g., sodium chloride or potassium chloride, can be used to elute the hmGCB from the column. Alternatively, the hmGCB can be eluted from the column with a buffer of higher pH or a combination of higher salt concentration and higher pH. - The hmGCB can also be made to flow through the cation exchange column during loading by increasing the salt concentration in the equilibration buffer and in the sample load, by running the column at a higher pH or by a combination of both increased salt and higher pH.
- Superdex 200 prep grade® (Amersham Pharmacia) is used for size exclusion chromatography of hmGCB, whereby molecules are separated by size, molecular mass, strokes radius or hydrodynamic volume. Superdex 200 is composed of dextran covalently cross linked to agarose and has a fractionation range of 10,000 to 60,000 molecular weight for globular proteins. For example, the following protocol can be used to purify hmGCB by Superdex 200® chromatography. The SP elution pool is concentrated by ultrafiltration using a 10,000 mw cutoff membrane. The concentrated pool is filtered, then applied to a Superdex 200 prep grade® column which has been equilibrated in 50 mM sodium citrate, pH 6.0. The A280 of the column effluent in the initial fractions is collected and, for example, an 8 to 16% SDS polyacrylamide gel is run to determine pooling of fractions. Pooling may be decided based on visual inspection of the silver-stained gel.
- Other size exclusion chromatography resins such as Sephacryl S-200 HR®, Bio-Gel A 1.5m®, or TosoHaas TSK Gel resins can also be used to purify hmGCB. The buffer used for size exclusion chromatography of hmGCB is 50 mM sodium citrate, pH 6.0. Other buffers can also be used such as 25 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.0 containing 0.15 M sodium chloride. The pH of the buffer can be between pH 5 and
pH 7 and should have sufficient ionic strength to minimize ionic interactions with the column. - Variations of pH, buffer and/or salt concentration in any of the purification protocols described above can be performed by routine methods to achieve the desired purified product.
- The uptake efficiency of hmGCB by macrophages can be determined by assaying, e.g., protein levels and/or enzyme activity in macrophages. For example, as described in the Examples below and in Diment et al. (1987) J. Leukocyte Biol. 42:485-490, an in vitro assay using a macrophage cell line can be used to determine absolute and mannose receptor specific uptake of hmGCB.
- In addition, in vivo comparison of uptake of hmGCB and GCB by liver cells can be determined as described, for example, in Friedman et al. (1999) Blood 93:2807-2816. Briefly a mouse model can be injected with hmGCB or GCB, and then sacrificed shortly thereafter. The liver of the animal can then be used to prepare a suspension of liver cells, e.g., parenchymal cells, Kupffer cells, endothelial cells and hepatocytes. The cells can then be separated, identified by morphology and the protein levels and/or enzymatic activity of hmGCB and GCB in the various liver cell types can be determined. Alternatively, immunohistochemical detection maybe be used to localize hmGCB to a specific cell or cell type in tissue of treated animals.
- High mannose glucocerebrosidase (hmGCB) can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to a subject, e.g., a human. The composition can include a sufficient dosage of hmGCB to treat a subject having Gaucher disease. As used herein the language "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" is intended to include any and all solvents, excipients, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and adsorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, such media can be used in the compositions of the invention. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
- A pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, and subcutaneous administration. Preferably, the route of administration is intravenous. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
- Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders, e.g., lyophilized preparations, for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL™ (BASF, Parsippany, NJ) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged stability of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays adsorption, for example, aluminum monostearate, human serum albumin and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the hmGCB in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying, e.g., lyophilization, which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in
U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811 . - HmGCB, e.g., any hmGCB molecule or preparation described herein, can be used to treat a subject having Gaucher disease. Alternatively, any mannosidase knockout cell described herein, can be introduced into a subject having Gaucher disease to deliver hmGCB to the subject. Various routed of administration and various sites can be used. Once implanted in individual, the knockout cell can produce hmGCB.
- Preferably, the knockout cells used will generally be patient-specific genetically engineered cells. It is possible, however, to obtain cells form another individual of the same species or form a different species. Use of such cells might require administration of an immunosuppressant, alteration of histocompatibility antigens, or use of a barrier device to prevent rejection of the implanted cells.
- Gaucher disease is an autosomal recessive lysosomal storage disorder characterized by a deficiency in the lysosomal enzyme, glucocerebrosidase (GCB). GCB hydrolyzes the glycolipid glucocerebroside that is formed after degradation of glycosphingolipids in the membranes of white blood cells and red blood cells. If GCB hydrolysis is insufficient then glucocerebroside can accumulate in macrophages (Gaucher cells), causing anemia, thrombocytopenia, organomegaly and major bone problems.
- There are several types of Gaucher disease including Gaucher type 1, type 2 and
type 3, which can arise due to various mutations in the GCB gene. A "therapeutically effective amount" of hmGCB, i.e., a dosage of hmGCB sufficient to treat Gaucher disease, can be given to a subject having this disorder. The term "treat" as used herein refers to reducing or inhibiting one or more symptoms of Gaucher disease. Symptoms of Gaucher disease type I include: skeletal complications such as bone pain, bone lesions, osteopenia, osteonecrosis, avascular necrosis and pathological fractures; anemia; hepatosplenomegaly; splenic nodules and liver dysfunction; thrombocytopenia; and/or delayed growth and pubertal development. Symptoms of Gaucher disease type II include the symptoms of Gaucher type I as well as neck rigidity, apathy, catatonia, strabismus, increased deep reflex and laryngeal spasm. Symptoms of Gaucher disease type III are similar to Gaucher type II except milder and later in onset. - A therapeutically effective amount of hmGCB can be determined on an individual basis and will be based, at least in part, on consideration of the size of the patient, the agent used, the type of delivery system used, the time of administration relative to the severity of the disease, and whether a single, multiple, or a controlled release dose regimen is employed. Preferably, the dosage of hmGCB sufficient to treat Gaucher disease is less than the dosage of human tissue derived or human placenta derived GCB, or GCB produced by cells in vitro and then trimmed to expose core mannose residues.
- Generally, the invention described herein can be used to produce proteins for targeting any cells that express mannose receptors on their surface. Thus, the invention described herein can be used to treat any disorder in which it is desirable to target a protein for treatment to a mannose receptor-expressing cell. For example, the invention described herein can also be applied to other lysosomal storage enzymes and other lysosomal storage diseases in which cells, e.g., the cells of reticuloendothelial origin, accumulate undigested substrate. Reticuloendothelial cells include macrophages, Kupffer cells in the liver and histiocytes in the spleen. Such lysosomal storage diseases include, but are not limited to, Farber disease and Neimann-Pick disease.
- Farber disease is an autosomal recessive lysosomal storage disorder characterized by a deficiency in acid ceramidase. Ceramidases are enzymes responsible for degradation of ceramide. If ceramide degradation is insufficient then ceramide accumulates leading to granuloma formation and histiocytic response. (Moser, H.W. Ceramidase deficiency: Farber lipogranulomatosis; In: The Metabolic and Molecular Basis of Inherited Disease (C.R. Scriver, A.L. Beaudet, W.S. Sly and D. Valle, Eds.), Seventh edition, pp. 2589-2599, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York (1995))
- There are several types of Farber disease including Farber type 1, type 2,
type 3,type 4, and type 5 which differ in severity and sites of major tissue involvement. There is alsotype 6 andtype 7 Farber disease. High mannose acid ceramidase can be given to a subject having Farber disease to treat, i.e., alleviate or reduce at least one symptom, of the disease. Symptoms of Farber disease type 1 include: swelling of the joints (particularly the interphalangeal, metacarpal, ankle, wrist, knee and elbow), palpable nodules in relation to the affected joints and over pressure points, a hoarse cry that may progress to aphonia, feeding and respiratory difficulty, poor weight gain and intermittent fever. The symptoms usually occur between ages two weeks and four months. Symptoms of Farber type 2 andtype 3 include: subcutaneous nodulaes, joint deformities, and laryngeal involvement. These subjects survive longer than subjects having Farber type 1. Farber disease type 5 symptoms include psychomotor deterioration beginning at one to two and half years of age. - Neimann-Pick disease type A and type B are an autosomal recessive lysosomal storage disorder characterized by a deficiency acid sphingomyelinase. Acid sphingomyelinase is an enzyme responsible for degradation of sphingomyelin. If sphingomyelinase is deficient, sphingomyelin and other lipids can accumulate in the monocyte-macrophage system. (Schuman, E.H. and Desnick, R.J. Neimann-Pick Disease types A and B: acid sphingomyelinase deficiencies; In: The Metabolic and Molecular Basis of Inherited Disease (C.R. Scriver, A.L. Beaudet, W.S. Sly and D. Valle, Eds.), Seventh edition, pp. 2589-2599, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York (1995))
- There are several types of Neimann-Pick disease including type A and type B. High mannose acid sphingomyelinase can be given to a subject having Neimann-Pick disease to treat, i.e., alleviate or reduce at least one symptom, of the disease. Symptoms of Neimann-Pick disease type A include: enlargement of the spleen and liver, lymphadenopathy, microcytic anemia, decreased platelet count, hypotonia, muscular weakness, psychomotor retardation. Symptoms of Neimann-Pick type B include: enlargement of the liver and/or spleen, heptoslenomegaly; pulmonary compromise.
- Thus, high mannose lysosomal storage enzymes such as high mannose acid ceramidase or high mannose acid spingomyelinase can be produced by the methods described herein in order to target these proteins to mannose receptor-expressing cells.
- In experiments with HT-1080 cells expressing Gene-Activated™ GCB (GA-GCB), the cells were treated with either kifunensine or swainsonine at concentrations ranging from 0.1 to 2 µg/mL.
- HT-1080 cells producing GA-GCB were plated in duplicate 6-well plates and the Production Medium adjusted to the following concentrations of kifunensine or swainsonine: 0 (no drug), 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 1, and 2 µg/mL. The medium was harvested and the cells refed every 24 hours for three days. The samples from the third day were subjected to isoelectric focusing (IEF) analysis. The effect of kifunensine and swainsonine on the molecular charge of GA-GCB is shown by the IEF analysis. With both drugs, a concentration dependent increase in the apparent isoelectric point (pI) was observed, with kifunensine causing a much larger shift in pI than swainsonine at the highest concentration tested (2 µg/mL).
- Ten roller bottles (surface area, 1700 cm2 each) were seeded in Growth Medium (DMEM with 10% calf serum) with HT-1080 cells producing GA-GCB. Following two weeks of growth, the medium was aspirated and 200 mL of fresh Production Medium (DMEM/F12, 0% calf serum) was added to three sets of roller bottles. Two sets of 4 roller bottles were treated with 1 µg/mL of either kifunensine or swainsonine. The third group of two roller bottles received no drug treatment. After approximately 24 hours, the medium from each roller bottle was harvested, pooled and a sample taken for GA-GCB enzymatic activity analysis. This procedure was repeated for seven days. Stable production of GA-GCB was observed for all roller bottles throughout the seven daily harvests (Table 1). Absolute levels of the enzyme, however, varied according to drug treatment group with the following average GA-GCB production levels observed across the seven harvests: 38.3±3.5 mg/L (control, no drug treatment), 24.5±4.0 mg/L (swainsonine, 1 µg/mL), and 21.3±2,8 mg/L (kifunensine, 1 µg/mL). Both drugs, therefore, resulted in stable, but lower production levels with the largest decrease seen for kifunensine (44% reduction relative to control).
Table 1. Roller Bottle Production of Glucocerebrosidase in Cells Treated with Mannosidase Inhibitors Treatment Glucocerebrosidase a) Activity (b) mg / Liter) Harvest 1 Harvest 2 Harvest 3Harvest 4Harvest 5 Harvest 6Harvest 7Average ± Standard Deviation No drug added 35.8 36.6 44.9 40.5 34.6 38.3 37.2 38.3 ± 3.5 Swainsonine (1 µg/ml) 28.6 17.4 28.5 27.0 22.9 25.0 22.3 24.5 ± 4.0 Kifunensine (1 µg/ml) 26.0 22.9 17.7 21.2 18.4 21.0 22.0 21.3 ± 2.8 a) Assay performed as follows: test article is mixed with the enzyme substrate (4-methylumbelliferyl-β-D-glucopyranoside) and incubated for 1 hour at 37°C. The reaction is stopped by the addition of NaOH/Glycine buffer. Fluorescence is quantified by the use of a fluorescence spectrophotometer.
b) Specific activity: 2,500 Units/mg. One unit is defined as the conversion of 1 µMole of substrate in 1 hour at 37°C. - GA-GCB produced in HT-1080 cells was used in an in vitro assay to determine uptake efficiency in a mouse macrophage cell line. The specific objective of the experiment was to determine the absolute and mannose receptor-specific uptake of GA-GCB in mouse J774E cells. One day prior to assay, J774E cells were plated at 50,000 cells/cm2 in 12 well plates in Growth Medium. For the assay, 0.5 mL of Production Medium (DMEM/F12), 0% calf serum) containing 50 nM vitamin D3 (1,2-5, Dihydroxy vitamin D3) was added to the cells. Unpurified GA-GCB (from
harvest 4, Table 1) was added to the test wells at a final concentration of 10 µg/mL in the presence or absence of 2 µg/mL mannan (a competitor for the mannose receptor). Three different forms of GA-GCB were used: GA-GCB from cells treated with kifunensine (1 µg/mL), GA-GCB from cells treated with swainsonine (1 µg/mL), and GA-GCB (1 µg/mL) from untreated cells. Control wells received no GA-GCB. The wells were incubated for 4 hours at 37°C, then washed extensively in buffered saline, scraped into GA-GCB enzyme reaction buffer, passed through 2 freeze/thaw cycles, and clarified by centrifugation. The supernantant was then quantitatively tested for enzyme activity and total protein. Internalization of GA-GCB into mouse J744E cells is shown in Table 2 and is reported as Units/mg of cell lysate. These results demonstrated that uptake of GA-GCB from kifunensine treated cells was 14-fold over background and 73% inhibitable by mannan and that uptake of GA-GCB from swainsonine treated cells was 7-fold over background and 67% inhibitable by mannan. In addition, they also demonstrate that uptake of GA-GCB from untreated cells was approximately 3-fold over background and 53% inhibitable by mannan. Thus, the inhibition of intracellular mannosidases by either kifunensine or swainsonine results in GA-GCB that can be transported into cells efficiently via the mannose receptor, with kifunensine causing an approximately 2-fold greater uptake than swainsonine. Improvement in targeting of GA-GCB to cells via mannose receptors can therefore be optimized by production of GA-GCB in the presence of kifunensine or swainsonine.Table 2. Internalization of Glucocerebrosidase Into J774E Cells. Glucocerebrosidase Produced from Cells Treated with Mannosidase Inhibitors b) Sample a) Glucocerebrosidase Activity (Units/mg cell lysate) Inhibition (%) Absolute Background Corrected Background (no GA-GCB added) 655 0 - GA-GCB from untreated cells 2816 2161 - + Mannan 1678 1023 53 GA-GCB from kifunensine treated cells 9185 8530 - + Mannan 2977 2322 73 GA-GCB from swainsonine treated cells 4787 4132 - + Mannan 2036 1381 67 a) Assay performed as follows: sample is mixed with the enzyme substrate (4-methylumbelliferyl-β-D-glucopyranoside) and incubated for 1 hour at 37°C. The reaction is stopped by the addition of NaOH/Glycine buffer. Fluorescence is quantified by the use of a fluorescence spectrophotometer. Total protein determined in freeze/thaw cell lysates by bicinchoninic acid (BCA). Activity reported as units/mg total protein. One Unit is defined as the conversion of 1 µMole of substrate in 1 hour at 37°C.
b) Cells treated with drug received 1 µg/mL of either Kifunensine or Swainsonine in the presence or absence of mannan (2 µg/mL). - HmGCB was purified from the culture medium of human fibroblasts grown in the presence of kifunensine at a concentration of 2 µg/ml. The four N-linked glycans present on hmGCB were released by peptide N-glycosidase F and purified using a Sep-pak C18 cartridge. Oligosaccharides eluting in the 5% acetic acid fraction were permethylated using sodium hydroxide and methyl iodide, dissolved in methanol:water (80:20), and portions of the permethylated glycan mixture were analyzed by matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight mass spectroscopy (MALDI-TOF-MS). The sample was analyzed on a Voyager STR Biospectrometry Research Station laser-desorption mass spectrometer coupled with Delayed Extraction using a matrix of 2, 5-dihydroxybenzoic acid. A pattern of pseudomolecular ions is seen in the range m/z 1500-2500, indicating the presence of high-mannose glycans ranging from Man5GlcNAc2 to Man9GlcNAc2.
Table 3. Summary of Data Obtained from MALDI-TOF-MS Analysis of N-Glycans from hmGCB from Kifunensine-Treated Cells M/Z Peak Assignment Approximate % of Total Glycans 1580 Man5GlcNAc2 1.3 1730 Man6GlcNAc2 11.2 1752 1784 1934 Man7GlcNAc2 23.3 1957 1988 2139 Man8GlcNAc2 32.0 2161 2192 2343 Man9GlcNAc2 31.2 2365 2397 2969 Biantennary complex 1.0 - The most abundant high mannose glycans present are Man9GlcNAc2 and Man8GlcNAc2, with decreasing abundances of Man7GlcNAC2, Man6GlcNAc2, and Man5GlcNAc2. A trace amount of a fucosylated biantennary complex glycan containing two sialic acid residues was observed. An approximate indication of the relative abundancy of each glycan is obtained by measuring the peak heights. See Table 3. A more accurate assessment of the average chain length of the high mannose glycans was obtained by MALDI-TOF-MS analysis of the intact glycoprotein. A sharp peak was obtained at m/z 62,483.1 due to the homogeneity of the glycan chains. The mass of the mature peptide calculated from the amino acid sequence is 55,577.6, indicating the four N-linked glycan chains contribute 6905.5 to the total mass of hmGCB. From this number, it can be calculated that the average glycan length is 8.15 mannose residues.
- All patents and references cited herein are incorporated in their entirety by reference. Other embodiments are within the following claims.
- Further embodiments of the invention are:
- 1. A method of producing a high mannose glucocerebrosidase (hmGCB), comprising:
- providing a cell which is capable of expressing glucocerebrosidase (GCB); and
- allowing production of GCB having a precursor oligosaccharide under conditions
- 2. The method of embodiment 1, wherein removal of one or more α 1,2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented.
- 3. The method of embodiment 1, wherein removal of one
α 1,3 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented. - 4. The method of embodiment 1, wherein removal of one
α 1,6 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented. - 5. The method of embodiment 1, wherein said method comprises contacting the cell with a substance which prevents the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB.
- 6. The method of embodiment 5, wherein the substance is a mannosidase inhibitor.
- 7. The method of
embodiment 6, wherein the mannosidase inhibitor is a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor. - 8. The method of
embodiment 6, wherein the mannosidase inhibitor is a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor. - 9. The method of
embodiment 7, wherein the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of: kifunensine, deoxymannojirimycin, and a combination thereof. - 10. The method of
embodiment 7, wherein the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is kifunensine. - 11. The method of
embodiment 8, wherein the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of: swainsonine, mannostatin, 6-deoxy DIM, 6-deoxy-6-fluoro-DIM and combinations thereof. - 12. The method of
embodiment 8, wherein the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is swainsonine. - 13. The method of
embodiment 6, wherein the mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.05 to 20.0 µg/ml. - 14. The method of embodiment 13, wherein the mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.1 to 2.0 µg/ml.
- 15. The method of
embodiment 7, further comprising contacting the cell with a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor. - 16. The method of embodiment 15, wherein the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of: swainsonine, mannostatin and a combination thereof.
- 17. The method of embodiment 15, wherein the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is swainsonine.
- 18. The method of embodiment 1, wherein the cell is a knockout for at least one mannosidase.
- 19. The method of embodiment 18, wherein the cell is a knockout for a class 1 processing mannosidase.
- 20. The method of embodiment 18, wherein the cell is a knockout for a class 2 processing mannosidase.
- 21. The method of embodiment 18, wherein the cell is a knockout for a class 1 processing mannosidase and a class 2 processing mannosidase.
- 22. The method of embodiment 1, wherein the cell comprises an antisense mannosidase molecule.
- 23. The method of embodiment 22, wherein the antisense molecule is selected from the group consisting of: a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule, a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule, both a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule and a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule.
- 24. The method of embodiment 1, wherein the hmGCB comprises a carbohydrate chain having at least four mannose residues.
- 25. The method of embodiment 24, wherein the hmGCB has at least one carbohydrate chain having five mannose residues.
- 26. The method of embodiment 24, wherein the hmGCB has at least one carbohydrate chain having eight mannose residues.
- 27. The method of embodiment 24, wherein the hmGCB has at least one carbohydrate chain having nine mannose residues.
- 28. The method of embodiment 1, wherein the hmGCB produced has a ratio of mannose residues to GlcNAc residues which is greater than 3 mannose residues to 2 GlcNAc residues.
- 29. The method of embodiment 1, wherein the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented on at least two of the carbohydrate chains of hmGCB.
- 30. The method of embodiment 1, wherein at least 60% of the hmGCB of the preparation have one or more carbohydrate chains in which the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core has been prevented.
- 31. The method of embodiment 1, wherein the cell comprises an exogenous nucleic acid sequence comprising a GCB coding region.
- 32. The method of embodiment 31, wherein the cell further comprises an exogenous regulatory sequence which functions to regulate expression of the GCB coding region.
- 33. The method of embodiment 1, wherein the cell comprises an exogenous regulatory sequence which functions to regulate expression of an endogenous GCB coding sequence.
- 34. The method of embodiment 1, wherein the cell is a primary cell.
- 35. The method of embodiment 1, wherein the cell is a secondary cell.
- 36. The method of embodiment 1, wherein the cell is a mammalian cell.
- 37. The method of embodiment 36, wherein the cell is a human cell.
- 38. The method of embodiment 37, wherein the cell is a fibroblast or a myoblast.
- 39. The method of embodiment 37, wherein the cell is an immortalized cell.
- 40. The method of embodiment 39, wherein the cell is an HT-1080 cell.
- 41. The method of embodiment 1, wherein a population of cells which are capable of expressing GCB is provided, and at least 10% of the cells produce GCB with four carbohydrate chains having the specified number of mannose residues.
- 42. The method of embodiment 5, wherein the cell is cultured in culture medium comprising at least one mannosidase inhibitor.
- 43. The method of embodiment 42, wherein the mannosidase inhibitor is a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor.
- 44. The method of embodiment 43, wherein the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of: kifunensine, deoxymannojirimycin, and a combination thereof.
- 45. The method of embodiment 42, wherein the mannosidase inhibitor is a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor.
- 46. The method of embodiment 45, wherein the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of: swainsonine, mannostatin, 6-deoxy-DIM, 6-deoxy-6-fluoro-DIM, and combinations thereof.
- 47. The method of embodiment 43, wherein the medium further comprises a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor.
- 48. The method of embodiment 42, wherein the hmGCB is obtained from the media in which the cell is cultured.
- 49. A method of producing high mannose glucocerebrosidase (hmGCB), comprising:
- providing a cell which is capable of expressing glucocerebrosidase (GCB); and
- allowing production of GCB having a precursor oligosaccharide under conditions which inhibit a class 1 processing mannosidase activity and a class 2 processing mannosidase activity such that the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB is prevented, to thereby produce an hmGCB preparation.
- 50. The method of embodiment 49, wherein the cell is contacted with a substance which inhibits a class 1 processing mannosidase and a substance which inhibits a class 2 processing mannosidase.
- 51. The method of embodiment 49, wherein removal of one or more α 1, 2 mannose residue(s) distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented.
- 52. The method of embodiment 49, wherein removal of one
α 1, 3 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented. - 53. The method of embodiment 49, wherein removal of one
α 1, 6 mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core is prevented. - 54. The method of embodiment 49, wherein the substance is a class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor.
- 55. The method of embodiment 49, wherein the substance is a class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor.
- 56. The method of embodiment 54, wherein the class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of: kifunensine, deoxymannojirimycin, and combinations thereof.
- 57. The method of embodiment 55, wherein the class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of: swainsonine, mannostatin, 6-deoxy-DIM, 6-deoxy-6-fluoro-DIM, and a combination thereof.
- 58. The method of embodiments 56 or 57, wherein the mannosidase inhibitor is present at a concentration between about 0.05 to 20.0 µg/ml.
- 59. The method of embodiment 49, wherein the cell is a knockout for a class 1 processing mannosidase.
- 60. The method of embodiment 49, wherein the cell is a knockout for a class 2 processing mannosidase.
- 61. The method of embodiment 49, wherein the cell is a knockout for both a class 1 processing mannosidase and a class 2 processing mannosidase.
- 62. The method of embodiment 49, wherein the cell comprises a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule.
- 63. The method of embodiment 49, wherein the cell comprises a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule.
- 64. The method of embodiment 63, wherein the cell comprises a class 1 processing mannosidase antisense molecule and a class 2 processing mannosidase antisense molecule.
- 65. The method of embodiment 49, wherein the cell comprises an exogenous nucleic acid sequence comprising a GCB coding region.
- 66. The method of embodiment 65, wherein the cell further comprises an exogenous regulatory sequence which functions to regulate expression of the GCB coding region.
- 67. The method of embodiment 49, wherein the cell comprises an exogenous regulatory sequence which functions to regulate expression of an endogenous GCB coding sequence.
- 68. The method of embodiment 50, wherein the cell is cultured in a culture media comprising at least one class 1 processing mannosidase inhibitor and at least one class 2 processing mannosidase inhibitor.
- 69. The method of embodiment 68, further comprising obtaining the hmGCB from the media in which the cell is cultured.
- 70. A method of producing high mannose glucocerebrosidase (hmGCB), comprising:
- providing a cell into which a nucleic acid sequence comprising an exogenous regulatory sequence has been introduced such that the regulatory sequence regulates the expression of an endogenous GCB coding region; and
- allowing production of GCB having a precursor oligosaccharide under conditions which prevent the removal of at least one mannose residue distal to the pentasaccharide core of the precursor oligosaccharide of GCB, to thereby produce an hmGCB preparation.
- 71. A high mannose glucocerebrosidase (hmGCB) preparation comprising at least one carbohydrate chain having at least four mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide chain.
- 72. The hmGCB preparation of embodiment 71, wherein the hmGCB has at least one carbohydrate chain having five mannose residues.
- 73. The hmGCB preparation of embodiment 71, wherein the hmGCB has at least one carbohydrate chain having eight mannose residues.
- 74. The hmGCB preparation of embodiment 71, wherein the hmGCB has at least one carbohydrate chain having nine mannose residues.
- 75. The hmGCB preparation of embodiment 71, wherein the hmGCB produced has at least one carbohydrate chain having a ratio of mannose residues to GlcNAc residues which is greater than 3 mannose residues to 2 GlcNAc residues.
- 76. The hmGCB preparation of embodiment 71, wherein at least two of the carbohydrate chains of hmGCB have at least four mannose residues of the precursor oligosaccharide chain.
- 77. The hmGCB preparation of embodiment 71, wherein at least 85% of the hmGCB of the preparation have four carbohydrate chains in which the removal of one or more mannose residues distal to the pentasaccharide core has been prevented.
- 78. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising:
- the hmGCB preparation of embodiment 71, in an amount suitable for treating Gaucher disease.
- 79. The composition of embodiment 78, further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
- 80. A method of treating a subject having Gaucher disease, comprising:
- administering to the subject the composition of embodiment 78, to thereby treat Gaucher disease.
- 81. A method of purifying hmGCB from a sample, comprising:
- providing a harvested hmGCB product; and subjecting the hmGCB product to hydrophobic charge induction chromatography (HCIC) or hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC), thereby obtaining purified hmGCB.
- 82. The method of embodiment 81, wherein MEP Hypercel® is used for HCIC.
- 83. The method of embodiment 81, wherein MacroPrep Methyl® is used for HIC.
- 84. The method of embodiment 81, further comprising subjecting the hmGCB product to ion exchange chromatography.
- 85. The method of embodiment 84, wherein the hmGCB product is subjected to HCIC or HIC prior to ion exchange chromatography.
- 86. The method of embodiment 84, wherein the hmGCB product is subjected to ion exchange chromatography prior to HCIC or HIC.
- 87. The method of embodiment 84, wherein the hmGCB product is subjected to more than one ion exchange chromatography step.
- 88. The method of embodiment 84, wherein the ion exchange chromatography is selected from the group consisting of anion exchange chromatography and cation exchange chromatography.
- 89. The method of embodiment 88, wherein anion exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: Q Sepharose Fast Flow®, MacroPrep High Q Support®, DEAE Sepharose Fast Flow®, and Macro-Prep DEAE®.
- 90. The method of embodiment 88, wherein cation exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: SP Sepharose Fast Flow®, Source 30S®, CM Sepharose Fast Flow®, Macro-Prep CM Support®, and Macro-Prep High S Support®.
- 91. The method of embodiment 84, further comprising subjecting the hmGCB product to size exclusion chromatography.
- 92. The method of embodiment 91, wherein the size exclusion chromatography is performed using one or more of: Superdex 200®, Sephacryl S-200 HR® and Bio-Gel A 1.5m®.
- 93. A method of purifying hmGCB, comprising:
- providing a harvested hmGCB product;
- subjecting the hmGCB product to hydrophobic charge induction chromatography (HCIC) or hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC); and
- subjecting the hmGCB product to one or more of anion exchange chromatography, cation exchange chromatography, and size exclusion chromatography, thereby obtaining purified hmGCB.
- 94. The method of embodiment 93, wherein MEP Hypercel® is used for HCIC.
- 95. The method of embodiment 93, wherein MacroPrep Methyl® is used for HIC.
- 96. The method of embodiment 93, wherein anion exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: Q Sepharose Fast Flow®, MacroPrep High Q Support®, DEAE Sepharose Fast Flow®, and Macro-Prep DEAE®.
- 97. The method of embodiment 93, wherein cation exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: SP Sepharose Fast Flow®, Source 30S®, CM Sepharose Fast Flow®, Macro-Prep CM Support®, and Macro-Prep High S Support®.
- 98. The method of embodiment 93, wherein the size exclusion chromatography is performed using one or more of: Superdex 200®, Sephacryl S-200 HR® and Bio-Gel A 1.5m®.
- 99. A method of purifying hmGCB, comprising:
- providing a harvested hmGCB product;
- subjecting the hmGCB product to hydrophobic charge induction chromatography (HCIC) or hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC);
- subjecting the HCIC or HIC purified hmGCB product to anion exchange chromatography;
- subjecting the anion exchange purified hmGCB to cation exchange chromatography; and,
- subjecting the cation exchange purified hmGCB to size exclusion chromatography, thereby obtaining purified hmGCB.
- 100. The method of embodiment 99, wherein MEP Hypercel® is used for HCIC.
- 101. The method of embodiment 99, wherein MacroPrep Methyl® is used for HIC.
- 102. The method of embodiment 99, wherein anion exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: Q Sepharose Fast Flow®, MacroPrep High Q Support®, DEAE Sepharose Fast Flow®, and Macro-Prep DEAE®.
- 103. The method of embodiment 99, wherein cation exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: SP Sepharose Fast Flow®, Source 30S®, CM Sepharose Fast Flow®, Macro-Prep CM Support®, and Macro-Prep HighS Support®.
- 104. The method of embodiment 99, wherein the size exclusion chromatography is performed using one or more of: Superdex 200®, Sephacryl S-200 HR® and Bio-Gel A 1.5m®.
Claims (15)
- A method of purifying high mannose glucocerebrosidase (hmGCB) from a sample, comprising:providing a harvested hmGCB product, wherein at least 60% of the carbohydrate chains in the hmGCB product have five or more mannose residues of a precursor oligosaccharide; andsubjecting the hmGCB product to hydrophobic charge induction chromatography (HCIC) or hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC),thereby obtaining purified hmGCB.
- The method of claim 1, further comprising subjecting the hmGCB product to ion exchange chromatography.
- The method of claim 2, wherein the hmGCB product is subjected to HCIC or HIC prior to ion exchange chromatography, or wherein the hmGCB product is subjected to ion exchange chromatography prior to HCIC or HIC.
- The method of claim 2, wherein the hmGCB product is subjected to more than one ion exchange chromatography step.
- The method of any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the ion exchange chromatography is selected from the group consisting of anion exchange chromatography and cation exchange chromatography.
- The method of any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising subjecting the hmGCB product to size exclusion chromatography.
- The method of claim 1, further comprising subjecting the hmGCB product to one or more of anion exchange chromatography, cation exchange chromatography, and size exclusion chromatography.
- The method of claim 1, further comprising: subjecting the HCIC or HIC purified hmGCB product to anion exchange chromatography; subjecting the anion exchange purified hmGCB to cation exchange chromatography; and subjecting the cation exchange purified hmGCB to size exclusion chromatography.
- The method of any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein MEP Hypercel® is used for HCIC.
- The method of any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein MacroPrep Methyl® is used for HIC.
- The method of any of claims 5 to 10, wherein the anion exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: Q Sepharose Fast Flow®, MacroPrep High Q Support®, DEAE Sepharose Fast Flow®, and Macro-Prep DEAE®.
- The method of any one of claims 5 to 10, wherein the cation exchange chromatography is performed using one or more of: SP Sepharose Fast Flow®, Source 30S®, CM Sepharose Fast Flow®, Macro-Prep CM Support®, and Macro-Prep High S Support®.
- The method of any one of claims 6 to 10, wherein the size exclusion chromatography is performed using one or more of: Superdex 200®, Sephacryl S-200 HR®, and Bio-Gel A 1.5m®.
- A pharmaceutical composition comprising hmGCB purified by the method of any one of claims 1 to 13 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- A pharmaceutical composition comprising hmGCB purified by the method of any one of claims 1 to 13 for use in the treatment of Gaucher disease.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US09/641,471 US7138262B1 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2000-08-18 | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins |
EP01964176.0A EP1309340B1 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2001-08-17 | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP01964176.0A Division-Into EP1309340B1 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2001-08-17 | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins |
EP01964176.0A Division EP1309340B1 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2001-08-17 | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
EP2805727A1 true EP2805727A1 (en) | 2014-11-26 |
Family
ID=24572532
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP10182992.7A Expired - Lifetime EP2292256B1 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2001-08-17 | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins |
EP01964176.0A Expired - Lifetime EP1309340B1 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2001-08-17 | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins |
EP14170682.0A Withdrawn EP2805727A1 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2001-08-17 | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP10182992.7A Expired - Lifetime EP2292256B1 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2001-08-17 | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins |
EP01964176.0A Expired - Lifetime EP1309340B1 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2001-08-17 | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins |
Country Status (11)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US7138262B1 (en) |
EP (3) | EP2292256B1 (en) |
JP (7) | JP5008245B2 (en) |
CN (4) | CN102559633A (en) |
AU (1) | AU785460B2 (en) |
CA (3) | CA2388041C (en) |
HK (2) | HK1113540A1 (en) |
IL (2) | IL149029A0 (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA02003894A (en) |
NZ (2) | NZ537128A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2002015927A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (33)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
IL155588A0 (en) * | 2003-04-27 | 2003-11-23 | Metabogal Ltd | Methods for expression of enzymatically active recombinant lysosomal enzymes in transgenic plant root cells and vectors used thereby |
US7138262B1 (en) * | 2000-08-18 | 2006-11-21 | Shire Human Genetic Therapies, Inc. | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins |
US7951557B2 (en) | 2003-04-27 | 2011-05-31 | Protalix Ltd. | Human lysosomal proteins from plant cell culture |
US7741340B2 (en) * | 2003-11-12 | 2010-06-22 | Amicus Therapeutics, Inc. | Hydroxy piperidine derivatives to treat gaucher disease |
EP1866071A4 (en) * | 2005-03-03 | 2013-04-24 | Univ Indiana Res & Tech Corp | PERMETHYLATION OF OLIGOSACCHARIDES |
US20060251680A1 (en) * | 2005-03-16 | 2006-11-09 | United Therapeutics Corporation | Mannose immunogens for HIV-1 |
NZ562949A (en) * | 2005-04-11 | 2009-05-31 | Medarex Inc | Protein purification using HCIC and ion exchange chromatography |
JP2009509970A (en) * | 2005-09-22 | 2009-03-12 | プロサイ インコーポレイテッド | Glycosylated polypeptides produced in yeast mutants and methods of use thereof |
CA2626556C (en) * | 2005-10-21 | 2016-05-10 | Genzyme Corporation | Antibody-based therapeutics with enhanced adcc activity |
EP2361613B1 (en) | 2006-02-07 | 2020-08-12 | Shire Human Genetic Therapies, Inc. | Stabilized compositions of proteins having a free thiol moiety |
WO2008081025A1 (en) * | 2007-01-04 | 2008-07-10 | Crucell Holland B.V. | Purification of factor xi |
RU2468076C2 (en) | 2007-05-07 | 2012-11-27 | Проталикс Лтд. | Disposable apparatus for culturing and collecting plant tissue and/or cells, method and system for culturing and collecting plant tissue and/or plant cells |
PL3354277T3 (en) | 2009-07-28 | 2021-12-13 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Compositions and methods for treating gaucher disease |
WO2011019620A1 (en) | 2009-08-10 | 2011-02-17 | Genentech, Inc. | Antibodies with enhanced adcc function |
PL3482767T3 (en) | 2009-08-28 | 2022-02-14 | Icahn School Of Medicine At Mount Sinai | Dose escalation enzyme replacement therapy for treating acid sphingomyelinase deficiency |
JP6021647B2 (en) * | 2010-02-24 | 2016-11-09 | ザイムネックス エー/エス | Method for production and purification of recombinant lysosomal alpha-mannosidase |
EP2595651B1 (en) | 2010-07-19 | 2017-03-29 | Shire Human Genetic Therapies, Inc. | Mannose receptor c type 1 (mrc1) codon optimized cell line and uses thereof |
EP2628797B1 (en) | 2010-10-15 | 2016-07-13 | JCR Pharmaceuticals CO., LTD. | Method for producing glycoprotein having mannose residue as non-reducing end of sugar chain |
PE20140617A1 (en) | 2011-04-22 | 2014-05-28 | Genzyme Corp | ACID ALPHA GLUCOSIDASE MODIFIED WITH ACCELERATED PROCESSING |
RU2014117291A (en) | 2011-10-12 | 2015-11-20 | Синаджева Биофарма Корп. | NAGLU RECOMBINANT HUMAN PROTEIN AND ITS APPLICATION |
ES2470335T3 (en) * | 2011-12-23 | 2014-06-23 | Foodip Sarl | Composition enriched in glycoproteins as a food and feed additive for animals and / or as a therapeutic agent |
CN104519905A (en) | 2012-03-02 | 2015-04-15 | 夏尔人类遗传性治疗公司 | Compositions and methods for treating type III gaucher disease |
CN102827212B (en) * | 2012-07-25 | 2015-04-15 | 中国科学院海洋研究所 | Preparation method for acetylated chitotriose |
TWI642782B (en) * | 2013-10-23 | 2018-12-01 | 健臻公司 | Recombinant glycoprotein and its use |
JP6621744B2 (en) * | 2013-10-31 | 2019-12-18 | アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド | Use of monensin to regulate glycosylation of recombinant proteins |
WO2016054025A1 (en) | 2014-09-29 | 2016-04-07 | Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating mucopolysaccharidosis iiib (mpsiiib) |
JP7090545B2 (en) | 2015-12-02 | 2022-06-24 | ストキューブ アンド シーオー., インコーポレイテッド | Antibodies and molecules that immunospecifically bind to BTN1A1 and their therapeutic use |
CN108795871B (en) * | 2017-04-28 | 2021-12-03 | 江南大学 | Animal cell line and method for producing glycoprotein, glycoprotein and application thereof |
JP7369038B2 (en) | 2017-05-31 | 2023-10-25 | ストキューブ アンド シーオー., インコーポレイテッド | Antibodies and molecules that immunospecifically bind to BTN1A1 and therapeutic uses thereof |
AU2018277545A1 (en) | 2017-05-31 | 2019-12-19 | Stcube & Co., Inc. | Methods of treating cancer using antibodies and molecules that immunospecifically bind to BTN1A1 |
KR20200026209A (en) | 2017-06-06 | 2020-03-10 | 주식회사 에스티큐브앤컴퍼니 | How to treat cancer using antibodies and molecules that bind BTN1A1 or BTN1A1-ligand |
CN108179160B (en) * | 2018-01-29 | 2021-05-11 | 江南大学 | Preparation method of high mannose type oligosaccharide connected by phytol |
CN108588127A (en) * | 2018-04-11 | 2018-09-28 | 上海药明生物技术有限公司 | A kind of cell strain of glucocerebrosidase and its preparation method and application of expression high mannose sugar-type |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4522811A (en) | 1982-07-08 | 1985-06-11 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides |
US5236838A (en) * | 1988-12-23 | 1993-08-17 | Genzyme Corporation | Enzymatically active recombinant glucocerebrosidase |
US5641670A (en) | 1991-11-05 | 1997-06-24 | Transkaryotic Therapies, Inc. | Protein production and protein delivery |
US5733761A (en) | 1991-11-05 | 1998-03-31 | Transkaryotic Therapies, Inc. | Protein production and protein delivery |
WO2000034490A1 (en) * | 1998-12-09 | 2000-06-15 | Tatsuji Seki | A method for manufacturing glycoproteins having human-type glycosylation |
Family Cites Families (56)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5272066A (en) | 1986-03-07 | 1993-12-21 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Synthetic method for enhancing glycoprotein stability |
US4925796A (en) | 1986-03-07 | 1990-05-15 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Method for enhancing glycoprotein stability |
EP0393143A4 (en) * | 1987-12-23 | 1991-09-11 | Us Commerce | Cloned dna for synthesizing unique glucocerebrosidase |
JP2893481B2 (en) | 1988-12-23 | 1999-05-24 | ジェンザイム コーポレイション | Enzymatically active recombinant glucocerebrosidase |
US5549892A (en) | 1988-12-23 | 1996-08-27 | Genzyme Corporation | Enhanced in vivo uptake of glucocerebrosidase |
JPH03503721A (en) | 1988-12-23 | 1991-08-22 | ジェンザイム コーポレイション | Enzymatically active recombinant glucocerebrosidase |
US5401650A (en) | 1990-10-24 | 1995-03-28 | The Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Of The City University Of New York | Cloning and expression of biologically active α-galactosidase A |
CA2099876C (en) | 1991-01-21 | 2002-03-26 | Michael L. Hayes | Production of enzymatically active glucocerebrosidase from recombinant cells |
US6270989B1 (en) * | 1991-11-05 | 2001-08-07 | Transkaryotic Therapies, Inc. | Protein production and delivery |
US5911983A (en) | 1992-06-26 | 1999-06-15 | University Of Pittsburgh | Gene therapy for Gaucher disease using retroviral vectors |
CA2150956A1 (en) | 1992-12-10 | 1994-06-23 | Robert G. L. Shorr | Glycolipid enzyme-polymer conjugates |
WO1994014837A1 (en) | 1992-12-21 | 1994-07-07 | Enzon, Inc. | Purification of proteinaceous material |
EP0675204B1 (en) | 1994-03-30 | 2001-05-30 | Takara Shuzo Co. Ltd. | Transglycosylating process for producing carbohydrates or glycoconjugates |
JP3002113B2 (en) | 1994-03-30 | 2000-01-24 | 寳酒造株式会社 | Method for producing carbohydrate or complex carbohydrate |
US5670132A (en) | 1994-09-20 | 1997-09-23 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Modified radioantibody fragments for reduced renal uptake |
ATE426031T1 (en) * | 1995-09-14 | 2009-04-15 | Virginia Tech Intell Prop | PRODUCTION OF LYSOSOMAL ENZYMES IN PLANT EXPRESSION SYSTEMS |
JP2002504083A (en) | 1996-03-05 | 2002-02-05 | オーケスト インコーポレイテッド | Method for promoting bone growth by hyaluronic acid and growth factors |
DE69735669T2 (en) * | 1996-07-15 | 2007-03-29 | Macrozyme Dnm B.V. | DEOXYNOJIRIMYCIN DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS GLUCOSE SYLCERAMIDASE INHIBITORS |
RU2179034C2 (en) * | 1996-09-13 | 2002-02-10 | Транскариотик Терапиз, Инк. | METHOD TO TREAT α-GALACTOSIDASE A DEFICIENCY |
EP0852951A1 (en) | 1996-11-19 | 1998-07-15 | Roche Diagnostics GmbH | Stable lyophilized monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies containing pharmaceuticals |
JPH10273500A (en) | 1997-03-03 | 1998-10-13 | Noguchi Inst | Composite glycopeptide and its production |
JPH10306099A (en) | 1997-03-04 | 1998-11-17 | Noguchi Inst | New conjugated glycopeptide and its production |
TW542721B (en) | 1997-08-06 | 2003-07-21 | Melaleuca Inc | Dietary supplements containing natural ingredients |
CA2299271C (en) | 1997-08-07 | 2009-02-03 | University Of Utah | Prodrugs and conjugates of thiol- and selenol- containing compounds and methods of use thereof |
US5939279A (en) * | 1997-09-18 | 1999-08-17 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas | Inhibition of bacterial binding by high-mannose oligosaccharides |
KR20010033484A (en) | 1997-12-22 | 2001-04-25 | 휴먼 게놈 사이언시즈, 인크. | Keratinocyte growth factor-2 formulations |
GB9802249D0 (en) | 1998-02-03 | 1998-04-01 | Ciba Geigy Ag | Organic compounds |
GB9807464D0 (en) | 1998-04-07 | 1998-06-10 | Pharming Bv | Purification of human acid µ-glucosidase |
EP0976838A1 (en) | 1998-05-06 | 2000-02-02 | Rhone-Poulenc Nutrition Animale | Enzymes mixture |
JPH11318441A (en) | 1998-05-14 | 1999-11-24 | Nagase & Co Ltd | Ultra heat-resistant and ultra acid-resistant amylopullulanase |
KR19990086271A (en) | 1998-05-27 | 1999-12-15 | 손경식 | Novel endonucleases of immune cells and immunoadjuvant using the same |
AU4045599A (en) | 1998-06-05 | 1999-12-30 | Aventis Pharma S.A. | Polypeptides with beta-secretase type activity |
GB9909066D0 (en) | 1999-04-20 | 1999-06-16 | Oxford Glycosciences Uk Ltd | Therapies |
EP1189599A2 (en) | 1999-06-11 | 2002-03-27 | Eli Lilly And Company | Pharmaceutical materials and methods for their preparation and use |
JP2003505430A (en) | 1999-07-26 | 2003-02-12 | ジー・ディー・サール・アンド・カンパニー | Use of long-chain N-alkyl derivatives of deoxynojirimycin and the enzyme glucocerebrosidase for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of disorders of glycolipid abnormal accumulation |
US6537785B1 (en) | 1999-09-14 | 2003-03-25 | Genzyme Glycobiology Research Institute, Inc. | Methods of treating lysosomal storage diseases |
US6770468B1 (en) | 1999-09-14 | 2004-08-03 | Genzyme Glycobiology Research Institute, Inc. | Phosphodiester-α-GlcNAcase of the lysosomal targeting pathway |
EP1246915A2 (en) | 1999-12-30 | 2002-10-09 | Maxygen Aps | Improved lysosomal enzymes and lysosomal enzyme activators |
US20020095135A1 (en) * | 2000-06-19 | 2002-07-18 | David Meeker | Combination enzyme replacement, gene therapy and small molecule therapy for lysosomal storage diseases |
US20040204379A1 (en) | 2000-06-19 | 2004-10-14 | Cheng Seng H. | Combination enzyme replacement, gene therapy and small molecule therapy for lysosomal storage diseases |
US7138262B1 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2006-11-21 | Shire Human Genetic Therapies, Inc. | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins |
CN1156702C (en) | 2001-07-11 | 2004-07-07 | 上海晶泰生物技术有限公司 | Protein chip based on labeling streptavidin-biotin technology |
US20040202666A1 (en) | 2003-01-24 | 2004-10-14 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Anti-cancer anthracycline drug-antibody conjugates |
SI2444102T1 (en) | 2003-01-31 | 2015-08-31 | Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Of New York University | Combination therapy for treating protein deficiency disorders |
US20060008415A1 (en) | 2004-06-25 | 2006-01-12 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Stable liquid and lyophilized formulation of proteins |
US7385028B2 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2008-06-10 | Ambrx, Inc | Derivatization of non-natural amino acids and polypeptides |
JP2009503105A (en) | 2005-08-03 | 2009-01-29 | イミュノジェン・インコーポレーテッド | Immune complex preparation |
EP2361613B1 (en) | 2006-02-07 | 2020-08-12 | Shire Human Genetic Therapies, Inc. | Stabilized compositions of proteins having a free thiol moiety |
JP2009529885A (en) | 2006-03-17 | 2009-08-27 | バイオマリン ファーマシューティカル インコーポレイテッド | Assays for detection of antibodies against lysosomal enzymes |
CA2650922C (en) | 2006-04-18 | 2015-09-29 | Ekr Therapeutics, Inc. | Pre-mixed, ready-to-use pharmaceutical compositions |
EP2040548B1 (en) | 2006-06-23 | 2012-05-02 | Amicus Therapeutics, Inc. | Method for the treatment of neurological disorders by enhancing the activity of beta -glucocerebrosidase |
ES2440487T3 (en) | 2006-07-13 | 2014-01-29 | Wyeth Llc | Glycoprotein production |
TWI489984B (en) | 2006-08-04 | 2015-07-01 | Wyeth Corp | Formulations for parenteral delivery of compounds and uses thereof |
PL3354277T3 (en) | 2009-07-28 | 2021-12-13 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Compositions and methods for treating gaucher disease |
US20120328589A1 (en) | 2010-03-02 | 2012-12-27 | Ilya Ruderfer | Glucocerebrosidase multimers and uses thereof |
EP2595651B1 (en) | 2010-07-19 | 2017-03-29 | Shire Human Genetic Therapies, Inc. | Mannose receptor c type 1 (mrc1) codon optimized cell line and uses thereof |
-
2000
- 2000-08-18 US US09/641,471 patent/US7138262B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2001
- 2001-08-17 CN CN201210019823XA patent/CN102559633A/en active Pending
- 2001-08-17 CA CA2388041A patent/CA2388041C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-08-17 EP EP10182992.7A patent/EP2292256B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-08-17 MX MXPA02003894A patent/MXPA02003894A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2001-08-17 NZ NZ537128A patent/NZ537128A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2001-08-17 EP EP01964176.0A patent/EP1309340B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-08-17 CN CNB018028012A patent/CN100352499C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-08-17 EP EP14170682.0A patent/EP2805727A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-08-17 CA CA2767473A patent/CA2767473C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-08-17 JP JP2002520848A patent/JP5008245B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-08-17 AU AU85061/01A patent/AU785460B2/en not_active Expired
- 2001-08-17 CN CN201410418047.XA patent/CN104312995A/en active Pending
- 2001-08-17 WO PCT/US2001/025882 patent/WO2002015927A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2001-08-17 IL IL14902901A patent/IL149029A0/en active IP Right Grant
- 2001-08-17 CA CA2767054A patent/CA2767054C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-08-17 NZ NZ519014A patent/NZ519014A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2001-08-17 CN CN2007101051513A patent/CN101085345B/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2002
- 2002-04-08 IL IL149029A patent/IL149029A/en unknown
-
2006
- 2006-10-17 US US11/581,979 patent/US10041137B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2008
- 2008-03-13 HK HK08102907.0A patent/HK1113540A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2011
- 2011-08-08 JP JP2011173243A patent/JP5683407B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2011-08-08 JP JP2011173242A patent/JP5840890B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2014
- 2014-10-10 JP JP2014209206A patent/JP2015015964A/en active Pending
-
2015
- 2015-06-10 HK HK15105530.9A patent/HK1205183A1/en unknown
-
2016
- 2016-04-27 JP JP2016089304A patent/JP6659443B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2018
- 2018-01-05 JP JP2018000449A patent/JP6626133B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2018-05-09 JP JP2018090467A patent/JP6681428B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4522811A (en) | 1982-07-08 | 1985-06-11 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides |
US5236838A (en) * | 1988-12-23 | 1993-08-17 | Genzyme Corporation | Enzymatically active recombinant glucocerebrosidase |
US5641670A (en) | 1991-11-05 | 1997-06-24 | Transkaryotic Therapies, Inc. | Protein production and protein delivery |
US5733761A (en) | 1991-11-05 | 1998-03-31 | Transkaryotic Therapies, Inc. | Protein production and protein delivery |
US5968502A (en) | 1991-11-05 | 1999-10-19 | Transkaryotic Therapies, Inc. | Protein production and protein delivery |
WO2000034490A1 (en) * | 1998-12-09 | 2000-06-15 | Tatsuji Seki | A method for manufacturing glycoproteins having human-type glycosylation |
Non-Patent Citations (33)
Title |
---|
AERTS J M F G ET AL: "EFFICIENT ROUTING OF GLUCOCEREBROSIDASE TO LYSOSOMES REQUIRES COMPLEX OLIGOSACCHARIDE CHAIN FORMATION", BIOCHEMICAL AND BIOPHYSICAL RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS, ACADEMIC PRESS INC. ORLANDO, FL, US, vol. 141, no. 2, 15 December 1986 (1986-12-15), pages 452 - 458, XP002905933, ISSN: 0006-291X, DOI: 10.1016/S0006-291X(86)80194-2 * |
BAUSE, EUR. J. BIOCHEM., vol. 217, no. 2, 1993, pages 535 - 540 |
BERG-FUSSMAN ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 268, 1993, pages 14861 - 14866 |
BEUTLER ET AL., GENOMICS, vol. 12, no. 4, 1992, pages 795 - 800 |
BEUTLER ET AL.: "The Metabolic and Molecular Bases of Inherited Disease", 1995, MCGRAW-HILL, INC, article "Gaucher disease", pages: 2625 - 2639 |
DANIELS ET AL., GLYCOBIOL., vol. 4, 1994, pages 551 - 566 |
DIMENT ET AL., J. LEUKOCYTE BIOL., vol. 42, 1987, pages 485 - 490 |
ELBEIN ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM, vol. 265, 1990, pages 15599 - 15605 |
ERICKSON ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 260, 1985, pages 14319 - 14324 |
F SCOTT FURBISH ET AL: "Enzyme replacement therapy in Gaucher's disease: Large-scale purification of glucocerebrosidase suitable for human administration (hydrophobic chromatography/cholate extraction/jt-glucosidase/concanavalin A)", MEDICAL SCIENCES, 1 January 1977 (1977-01-01), pages 3560 - 3563, XP055146729, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC431631/pdf/pnas00030-0462.pdf> [retrieved on 20141015] * |
FRIEDMAN B-A ET AL: "A comparison of the pharmacological properties of carbohydrate remodeled recombinant and placental-derived beta-glucocerebrosidase: Implications for clinical efficacy in treatment of Gaucher disease", BLOOD, AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEMATOLOGY, US, vol. 93, no. 9, 1 May 1999 (1999-05-01), pages 2807 - 2816, XP002260084, ISSN: 0006-4971 * |
FRIEDMAN ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 93, 1999, pages 2807 - 2816 |
FURBISH F S ET AL: "UPTAKE AND DISTRIBUTION OF PLACENTAL GLUCOCEREBROSIDASE IN RAT HEPATIC CELLS AND EFFECTS OF SEQUENTIAL DEGLYCOSYLATION", BIOCHIMICA ET BIOPHYSICA ACTA, ELSEVIER, NL, vol. 673, no. 4, 1 January 1981 (1981-01-01), pages 425 - 434, XP001002396, ISSN: 0006-3002 * |
GONZALEZ ET AL., J BIOL. CHEM., vol. 274, no. 30, 1999, pages 21375 - 21386 |
GRABOWSKI G A ET AL: "ENZYME THERAPY IN TYPE 1 GAUCHER DISEASE COMPARATIVE EFFICACY OF MANNOSE-TERMINATED GLUCOCEREBROSIDASE FROM NATURAL AND RECOMBINANT SOURCES", ANNALS OF INTERNAL MEDICINE, AMERICAN COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS, NEW YORK, NY; US, vol. 122, no. 1, 1 January 1995 (1995-01-01), pages 33 - 39, XP009008427, ISSN: 0003-4819 * |
HOROWITZ ET AL., GENOMICS, vol. 4, no. 1, 1989, pages 87 - 96 |
MISAGO ET AL., PROC. NATLACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 92, no. 25, 1995, pages 11766 - 11770 |
MISTRY P K ET AL: "Therapeutic delivery of proteins to macrophages: implications for treatment of Gaucher's disease", THE LANCET, THE LANCET PUBLISHING GROUP, GB, vol. 348, no. 9041, 7 December 1996 (1996-12-07), pages 1555 - 1559, XP004838325, ISSN: 0140-6736, DOI: 10.1016/S0140-6736(96)04451-0 * |
MOREMEN ET AL., GLYCOBIOLOGY, vol. 4, 1994, pages 113 - 125 |
MOSER, H.W.: "The Metabolic and Molecular Basis of Inherited Disease", 1995, MCGRAW-HILL INC., article "Ceramidase deficiency: Farber lipogranulomatosis", pages: 2589 - 2599 |
MURRAY G J ET AL: "Purification of beta-glucocerebrosidase by preparative-scale high-performance liquid chromatography: The use of ethylene glycol-containing buffers for chromatography of hydrophobic glycoprotein enzymes", ANALYTICAL BIOCHEMISTRY, ACADEMIC PRESS INC, NEW YORK, vol. 147, no. 2, 1 June 1985 (1985-06-01), pages 301 - 310, XP024818660, ISSN: 0003-2697, [retrieved on 19850601], DOI: 10.1016/0003-2697(85)90276-3 * |
PALAMARZYK ET AL., ARCH. BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS., vol. 243, 1985, pages 35 - 45 |
SCHUMAN, E.H.; DESNICK, R.J.: "The Metabolic and Molecular Basis of Inherited Disease", 1995, MCGRAW-HILL INC., article "Neimann-Pick Disease types A and B: acid sphingomyelinase deficiencies", pages: 2589 - 2599 |
TAKASAKI ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 259, 1984, pages 10112 - 10117 |
TREMBLAY ET AL., GLYCOBIOLOGY, vol. 8, no. 6, 1998, pages 585 - 595 |
TREMBLAY ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., 27 July 2000 (2000-07-27) |
TREMBLAY; HERSCOVICS, J. BIOL. CHEM., 27 July 2000 (2000-07-27) |
TROPEA ET AL., BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 29, 1990, pages 10062 - 10069 |
TULSIANI ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM, vol. 257, 1982, pages 7936 - 7939 |
VAN DER BLICK ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 48, 1988, pages 5927 - 5932 |
WENG S ET AL: "Demonstration that a kifunensine-resistant alpha-mannosidase with a unique processing action on N-linked oligosaccharides occurs in rat liver endoplasmic reticulum and various cultured cells", JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR BIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, US, vol. 268, no. 34, 5 December 1993 (1993-12-05), pages 25656 - 25663, XP002315903, ISSN: 0021-9258 * |
WENG; SPIRO, J. BIOL. CHEM, vol. 268, 1993, pages 25656 - 25663 |
WINCHESTER ET AL., BIOCHEM J., vol. 290, 1993, pages 743 - 749 |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10041137B2 (en) | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins | |
US7041487B2 (en) | Recombinant α-L-iduronidase, methods for producing and purifying the same and methods for treating diseases caused by deficiencies thereof | |
CA2328518A1 (en) | Recombinant (alpha)-l-iduronidase, methods for producing and purifying the same and methods for treating diseases caused by deficiencies thereof | |
AU2016277569B2 (en) | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins | |
AU2014204569B2 (en) | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins | |
AU2007202256B2 (en) | High mannose proteins and methods of making high mannose proteins |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20140530 |
|
AC | Divisional application: reference to earlier application |
Ref document number: 1309340 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: P |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): IE IT TR |
|
R17P | Request for examination filed (corrected) |
Effective date: 20150526 |
|
RBV | Designated contracting states (corrected) |
Designated state(s): IE IT TR |
|
17Q | First examination report despatched |
Effective date: 20150813 |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN |
|
18D | Application deemed to be withdrawn |
Effective date: 20211028 |